Statoil-Karama BlockImpact

Final Report
EIA Drilling
Prepared for:
Wisma Pondok Indah II, Suite 602

Jl. Sultan Iskandar Muda, Kav. V-TA
Jakarta 12310, Indonesia
October 2010
Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ..........................................................................................i

LIST OF TABLES.....................................................................................................v
LIST OF FIGURES ..............................................................................................viii
LIST OF APPENDICES .........................................................................................ix
1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................1-1
1.1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT ...............................................1-1
1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT STATOIL ..................................................1-3
1.3 POLICY, LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK......................1-3
1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT APPROACH METHODOLOGY ....................................1-6
1.4.1 Scoping ........................................................................................1-10
1.4.2 Describing the Baseline .............................................................1-10
1.4.3 Impact Prediction.......................................................................1-10
1.4.4 Evaluating the Significance of a Predicted Impact................1-11
1.4.5 Mitigation & Benefit Enhancement .........................................1-12
1.4.6 Residual Impacts ........................................................................1-13
1.4.7 Management & Monitoring......................................................1-13
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION........................................................................2-1
2.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................2-1
2.2 PROJECT OVERVIEW AND LOCATION ..........................................................2-2
2.3 PRINCIPLE PROJECT ACTIVITIES ...................................................................2-2
2.3.1 Positioning of the Drill Ship .......................................................2-2
2.3.2 Drilling Activities.........................................................................2-2
2.3.3 Drilling Mud & Cement Usage ..................................................2-6
2.3.4 Cuttings & Mud Disposal ...........................................................2-7
2.3.5 Well Testing and Clean Up.........................................................2-7
2.3.6 Well Abandonment......................................................................2-7
2.3.7 Supply, Support Logistics...........................................................2-8
2.4 DRILL SHIP SPECIFICATIONS.........................................................................2-8
2.4.1 Storage facilities ...........................................................................2-9
2.4.2 Electrical Power Generation .......................................................2-9
2.4.3 Cooling Water and Drilling Water Supply...............................2-9
2.4.4 Sewage Treatment........................................................................2-9
2.4.5 Drainage System ........................................................................2-10
2.5 DRILLING SCHEDULE ..................................................................................2-10
2.6 EMISSIONS, DISCHARGES, WASTE & NOISE EMISSIONS............................2-10
2.6.1 Air Emissions..............................................................................2-10
ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

EIA DRILLING
i
2.6.2 Discharges to Sea .......................................................................2-11
2.6.3 Hazardous and Non-hazardous Waste Generation..............2-13
2.6.4 Noise ............................................................................................2-13
3 CHARACTERIZATION OF THE INFLUENCED AREA ...................3-1

3.1 PETROSEA OFFSHORE SUPPLY BASE (POSB) ...............................................3-1
3.1.1 Climate ..........................................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Socio Economy and Cultural......................................................3-3
3.2 PROJECT LOCATION FOR DRILLING ACTIVITY-KARAMA BLOCK ...............3-5
3.2.1 Defining the Project Zone of Influence .....................................3-5
3.2.2 Meteorology..................................................................................3-7
3.2.3 Tectonics and Geology ................................................................3-7
3.2.4 Oceanography ..............................................................................3-7
3.2.5 Water and Sediment Quality....................................................3-16
3.2.6 Marine Flora and Fauna............................................................3-21
3.2.7 Fish ...............................................................................................3-22
3.2.8 Marine Mammals .......................................................................3-22
3.2.9 Turtles..........................................................................................3-24
3.2.10 Sea Birds in Open seas and Coastal areas...............................3-26
3.2.11 Coastal habitats ..........................................................................3-28
3.2.12 Mangrove Forest ........................................................................3-28
3.2.13 Coastal Forest .............................................................................3-29
3.2.14 Social Characterization..............................................................3-33
3.2.15 Custom and Religion .................................................................3-37
3.2.16 Education and Literacy .............................................................3-38
3.2.17 Public and Private Infrastructure ............................................3-40
3.2.18 Socio-Economics and Livelihood.............................................3-44
3.2.19 Health ..........................................................................................3-57
3.2.20 Stakeholder Identification and Engagement..........................3-60
3.2.21 Statoil CSR Program ..................................................................3-64
3.2.22 Identification and Characterization of Indigenous
Groups .........................................................................................3-67
4 IMPACT EVALUATION AND CONTROL .........................................4-1

4.1 SCOPING.........................................................................................................4-1
4.2 AIR QUALITY .................................................................................................4-4
4.2.1 Sources of Impact .........................................................................4-4
4.2.2 Assessment Approach.................................................................4-4
4.2.3 Evaluation of Impacts..................................................................4-5
4.2.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impacts ................................4-6
4.3 NOISE LEVELS ................................................................................................4-6

EIA DRILLING
ii
4.3.3 Evaluation of Impacts..................................................................4-7
4.3.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impacts ................................4-9
4.4 WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL ..........................................................4-9
4.4.3 Evaluation of Impacts................................................................4-11
4.4.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impacts ..............................4-12
4.5 WATER QUALITY .........................................................................................4-12
4.5.1 Sources of Impact .......................................................................4-12
4.5.2 Assessment Approach...............................................................4-13
4.6 SEABED & BENTHIC COMMUNITIES ...........................................................4-15
4.7 FISHERIES .....................................................................................................4-17
4.8 UNPLANNED EVENTS .................................................................................4-19
4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS ......................................................................4-23
4.9.1 Sources of Impacts .....................................................................4-23
4.9.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impact ................................4-24
5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .....................................5-1

5.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................5-1
5.2 STATOIL’S HSE PRINCIPLES ..........................................................................5-1
5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................5-2
5.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................5-7
5.4.1 Role of Statoil Project Team........................................................5-7

EIA DRILLING
iii
5.4.2 Role of Drilling Contractor .........................................................5-8
5.5 COMPETENCIES AND TRAINING ...................................................................5-8
5.6 INSPECTION, AUDIT AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS .......................................5-9
5.6.1 Daily Inspections..........................................................................5-9
5.6.2 Fortnightly Audits .......................................................................5-9
5.6.3 Ad-hoc Audits ............................................................................5-10
5.6.4 Audit Reporting .........................................................................5-10
5.7 REPORTING AND STAKEHOLDER COMMUNICATION ................................5-10
5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ...............................................................5-10
5.8.1 Seabed Sediments/ Benthic Community ...............................5-11
5.8.2 Drilling Waste.............................................................................5-11
5.8.3 Waste Management ...................................................................5-12
5.8.4 Accidental Events/ Upset Conditions ....................................5-12
5.9 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY/ RESPONSE PLAN ............................................5-12
5.10 REVIEW AND REVISION ...............................................................................5-13
6 CONCLUSIONS ..............................................................................................6-1
6.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................6-1

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS ......................................................................6-1
6.3 OUTCOME OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT......................................................6-1
6.4 SUMMARY CONCLUSION ...............................................................................6-2

EIA DRILLING
iv
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1 List of Regulation and Governing Documents concerning

Offshore Operations of Statoil......................................................... 1-3
Table 1-2 Definitions Used in this IA .............................................................. 1-9
Table 2-1 Typical Mud Types and Quantities for each Hole Section.......... 2-6
Table 2-2 Likely Mud Types to be Used for the Karama Drilling
Program .............................................................................................. 2-6
Table 2-3 Vessel & Manning Requirements during Drilling........................ 2-8
Table 2-4 Bulk Storage Facilities....................................................................... 2-9
Table 2-5 Proposed Drilling Schedule ........................................................... 2-10
Table 2-6 Drilling Air Emissions .................................................................... 2-11
Table 2-7 Estimated Volumes of Cuttings Discharged ............................... 2-12
Table 2-8 Estimated Volumes of Operational Discharges to Sea............... 2-12
Table 2-9 Typical Development Drilling Wastes ......................................... 2-13
Table 2-10 Sound Sources from Various Maritime Activities...................... 2-14
Table 3-1 Variation of mean monthly surface current vector within
Karama Block from January to December ................................... 3-12
Table 3-2 Some migratory birds in western Sulawesi (Holmes and
Phillips, 1999)................................................................................... 3-26
Table 3-3 Sea Birds in Western Sulawesi (Holmes and Phillips, 1999)..... 3-27
Table 3-4 Birds Found in Mangrove Forrest of Western Sulawesi............ 3-28
Table 3-5 Population Development and Growth of Mamuju Regency,
2000-2007 .......................................................................................... 3-34
Table 3-6 Population Distribution and Density of Mamuju Regency
2004 and 2007................................................................................... 3-34
Table 3-7 Gender Ratio of Mamuju Regency, 2006 and 2007..................... 3-35
Table 3-8 Population Composition Based on Age and Gender in
Mamuju Regency, 2004 and 2006.................................................. 3-36
Table 3-9 Population Structure Based on Religion in Mamuju Regency . 3-38
Table 3-10 Number of Schools. Teachers and Students in Mamuju in
2007.................................................................................................... 3-38
Table 3-11 Universities and Academies in West Sulawesi Province .......... 3-39
Table 3-12 Transportation Facilities in West Sulawesi Province ................. 3-40
Table 3-13 Road Length by Government Responsibility per Type of
Surface in Mamuju Regency, 2007 (in Km) ................................. 3-41
Table 3-14 Road Condition by Government Responsibility per
Conditions in Mamuju Regency. 2007 (in Km) ........................... 3-41

EIA DRILLING
v
Table 3-15 Number of Telephone Lines Based on Customers Categories
in Mamuju Regency ........................................................................ 3-43
Table 3-16 Number of Facilities of Trading and Services in Mamuju
Regency ............................................................................................ 3-43
Table 3-17 Population Structure Based on Employment in Mamuju
Regency ............................................................................................ 3-44
Table 3-18 Minimum Wages in West Sulawesi Province, 2005 - 2009 ........ 3-45
Table 3-19 Land Used of Mamuju Regency, 2006......................................... 3-45
Table 3-20 Spatial Distribution of Forest Function in Mamuju Regency,
2006.................................................................................................... 3-46
Table 3-21 Local and Scientific Names and Value of Mainly Fish
Caught in 2006 ................................................................................. 3-46
Table 3-22 Number of Production in West Sulawesi .................................... 3-47
Table 3-23 Commodity of high economic value in 2006 and 2007 .............. 3-48
Table 3-24 Numbers of fishing vessel by regencies in 2006 and 2007
(unit).................................................................................................. 3-48
Table 3-25 Numbers and type of fishing gears in West Sulawesi (unit) .... 3-49
Table 3-26 Category and Numbers of FAD in Karama Block, 2008............ 3-51
Table 3-27 Summary of Fishing Activities in Mamuju District ................... 3-52
Table 3-28 Potential areas of seaweed, production and numbers of
households ....................................................................................... 3-55
Table 3-29 Number of Patient and Death by Kind of Disease In
Mamuju Regency, 2005-2007 ......................................................... 3-58
Table 3-30 Number of live births per District in Mamuju Regency,
2005-2007 .......................................................................................... 3-58
Table 3-31 Number of Health Facilities per District in Mamuju
Regency, 2007................................................................................... 3-59
Table 3-32 Number of Paramedic by Kinds of Paramedic per Sub-
District in Mamuju Regency, 2007 ................................................ 3-59
Table 3-33 Stakeholder Identification and Areas of Interest........................ 3-62
Table 4-1 Evaluation of Impact Significance .................................................. 4-2
Table 4-2 Air Emission Standards.................................................................... 4-4
Table 4-3 Magnitude Criteria for Assessing Air Emissions ......................... 4-5
Table 4-4 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Assessment of Air
Emissions............................................................................................ 4-5
Table 4-5 Magnitude Criteria for Impacts on Noise Levels ......................... 4-7
Table 4-6 Receptor/Resource Sensitivity for Assessment of Noise
Levels .................................................................................................. 4-7

EIA DRILLING
vi
Table 4-7 Requirements for the Management and Disposal of Drill
Muds and Cuttings ......................................................................... 4-10
Table 4-8 Magnitude Criteria for Waste Generation and Disposal........... 4-11
Table 4-9 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Waste Generation
and Disposal .................................................................................... 4-11
Table 4-10 Magnitude Criteria for Water Quality Impacts .......................... 4-13
Table 4-11 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Water Quality
Impacts ............................................................................................. 4-13
Table 4-12 Magnitude Criteria for Sediment Quality and Impacts
on Benthic Community .................................................................. 4-15
Table 4-13 Receptor/Resource Sensitivity for Sediment Quality and
Impacts on Benthic Community ................................................... 4-15
Table 4-14 Magnitude Criteria for Impacts on Fisheries .............................. 4-17
Table 4-15 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Impacts on Fisheries.......... 4-17
Table 4-16 Magnitude Criteria for for Impacts resulting from
Unplanned Events........................................................................... 4-19
Table 4-17 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Impacts resulting
from Unplanned Events ................................................................. 4-20
Table 4-18 Summary of Model Results ........................................................... 4-21
Table 4-19 Magnitude Criteria for Assessment of Socio-Economic
Impacts ............................................................................................. 4-23
Table 5-1 Environmental Management Plan .................................................. 5-3
Table 5-2 Monitoring of Sediments/ Benthic Community ........................ 5-11
Table 5-3 Monitoring of Drilling Mud & Chemical Use: Drilling
OCN Reports.................................................................................... 5-12

EIA DRILLING
vii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1 Project Location-Karama Block .................................................. 1-2

Figure 1-2 Overview of IA Approach .......................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-3 Evaluation of Impact Significance ........................................... 1-12
Figure 2-1 GSF Explorer Drill Ship............................................................... 2-1
Figure 2-2 Proposed Location of the Three Exploration Wells................. 2-4
Figure 2-3 Proposed Well Design ................................................................. 2-5
Figure 3-1 Project Zone of Influence) ............................................................3-6
Figure 3-2 Windrose in the study area (left March 2008 and right
October 2008 windrose)................................................................3-8
Figure 3-3 Bathymetry of Karama Block.......................................................3-9
Figure 3-4 Vertical profile at Makassar Strait (a) Temperature (b)
Salinity ..........................................................................................3-10
Figure 3-5 Stick plot of the current vector at several depths at MAK
I (west mooring) measured during Arlindo experiment
at Labani Channel from July 2005 – June 2006........................3-12
Figure 3-6 Time series of wave characteristics: (i) significant wave
height (upper), (ii) mean wave period (middle), and (iii)
mean wave direction (lower) along a north-south
section acquired from European Climate Moderate
Range Weather Forecast (ECMWF) ..........................................3-14
Figure 3-7 Comparison between tide measurement (blue) and
results of tide prediction (red) at Mamuju from 1 – 22
April 2009. ....................................................................................3-15
Figure 3-8 Water column and sediment quality sampling locations......3-19
Figure 3-9 Eel Spawning Area......................................................................3-23
Figure 3-10 Sea Turtle Map.............................................................................3-25
Figure 3-11 Typical Narrow Band of Mangrove Ecosystem Found in
Mamuju due to Steep Topography at Coast of Mamuju .......3-29
Figure 3-12 Pescaprae Formation around Coast of Mamuju .....................3-30
Figure 3-13 Baringtonia Formation of Mamuju ...........................................3-30
Figure 3-14 Location of Mampie Lampoko Reservation ............................3-32
Figure 3-15 Karampuang Island (A) and Main Activities: (B)
Inhabitant/Village, (C) Recreational Resort run by local
government, and (D) Floating net aquaculture ......................3-33
Figure 3-16 Participation of the education level ..........................................3-39
Figure 3-17 Transportation lines ....................................................................3-42
Figure 3-18 Working Population based on Education Level in
Mamuju Regency in 2007 ...........................................................3-44

EIA DRILLING
viii
Figure 3-19 Potential fishing areas.................................................................3-50
Figure 3-20 Rumpon location .........................................................................3-54
Figure 3-21 Seaweed cultivation area............................................................3-56
Figure 4-1 Scoping Matrix...............................................................................4-3
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix 1: Oil Spill and Drilling Cuttings Modelling Result
Appendix 2: Analytical Result of Seawater Quality
Appendix 3: Analytical Result of Seabed Sediment Quality
Appendix 4: Stakeholder Engagement Meeting
Appendix 5: Master Impact Tables
Appendix 6: Drilling Chemical Characteristics

EIA DRILLING
ix
Final Report PT. ERM Indonesia
Wisma Aldiron Dirgantara
EIA Drilling nd
2 floor, Suite 238-239
Jl. Gatot Subroto Kav. 72
Jakarta 12870
Indonesia
Telephone +62 21 7918 1904

Facsimile +62 21 7918 1905
Website: www.erm.com
Client. Project No.

0103283
Summary. Date.
22 October 2010
Approved by
Paul Douglass
President Director
Included in this report. ERM Indonesia
Revision Description By Checked Approved Date

This report has been prepared by Environmental Resources Distribution
Management with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the
terms of the Contract with the client, incorporating our General
Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the Internal
resources devoted to it by agreement with the client. Public
We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect or Confidential
any matters outside the scope of the above.
This report is confidential to the client and we accept no
responsibility of whatsoever nature to any third parties to whom this
report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such party relies
upon the report at their own risk.
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT
Statoil Indonesia Karama As (Statoil) and partner Pertamina plan to

undertake an exploration drilling program of three deep-water exploration
wells at Karama Block in the Makassar Strait, offshore West Sulawesi
Province in 2011. The purpose of this project is to discover the oil or gas
targets identified from interpretation of 3D seismic survey data.
The Karama Block is located in the Makassar Strait. The nearest land is
around 12 km (7.5 miles) West of Mamuju Regency, West Sulawesi province.
According to the Government Regulation No. 32 of 2004 regarding Regional
Government, some of the activity locations in Karama Block are,
administratively, under the authority of the West Sulawesi Province
Government (4-12 miles) and most of the locations are under the Central
Government authority (>12 miles).
The exploration block is consist of an area of approximately 4,287 km2 from

north to south (Figure 1-1) in water depths ranging from 1,660-1,825 m.
Drilling operations are currently planned to begin in early January and
February 2011 for the first and second wells and in July 2011 for the third
well.
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA or AMDAL) is not required

under Indonesian Regulation for exploration drilling activities. This IA is
being completed in line with Statoil’s corporate requirements and covers only
the exploration drilling activities for the Karama Block. Currently, the exact
locations of the three exploration wells have not yet been determined; final
locations of the wells will be determined based on the interpretation of data
gathered during the 3D seismic survey of the area (which is currently in
progress).

EIA DRILLING
1-1
Figure 1-1 Project Location-Karama Block

EIA DRILLING
1-2
1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT STATOIL
Statoil is an international energy company with over 35 years experience on

the Norwegian continental shelf, today with operations in 40 countries. The
company is headquartered in Norway with 29,000 employees worldwide, and
are listed on the New York and Oslo stock exchanges.
Statoil is a global leader in subsea developments, and is widely recognized as

a pioneer in deepwater drilling, increased oil recovery (IOR), and carbon
capture and storage (CCS).
Statoil Indonesia Karama AS is a wholly owned subsidiary of Statoil ASA,

which established an Indonesian office in August 2007. Currently the Statoil
Indonesia office is located in Wisma Pondok Indah II, Suite 602, Jl. Sultan
Iskandar Muda, Kav. V-TA, Jakarta 12310, Indonesia.
Statoil has a Production Sharing Contract (PSC) with BPMIGAS that allows
Statoil to conduct exploration activities of the Karama block. The contract
agreement is for 30 years (2007-2037). The three commitment wells in the
Karama PSC will be drilled in 2011.
1.3 POLICY, LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK
Environmental regulations concerning Statoil’s offshore operations that have

to be placed as top priorities to comply with among others are listed in the
table below.
Table 1-1 List of Regulation and Governing Documents concerning Offshore

Operations of Statoil
Regulation Description
National Regulations
Act No. 1 of 1973 on Indonesian Continental Regulation on border and sea territory based
Shelf on continental shelf and pollution control
Act No. 5 of 1983 on Indonesian Exclusive Adopts the rule in UNCLOS 1982 of
Economic Zone determining the borderlines as areas further
then 200 miles
Act No. 6 of 1996 on Indonesian Water Activities of usage, management, protection
and preservation of the Indonesian water
environment
Act No. 5 of 1990 regarding Natural The project proponent needs to refer to this
Resource Conservation and Ecosystem regulation when dealing with natural resource
conservation and ecosystems within the
project area.
Act No. 6 of 1994 regarding Ratification on Project activities may potentially generate
the UN Convention on Climate Change greenhouse gasses, hence shall refer to this
Convention.
Act No. 27 of 2007 concerning Coastal Zone The management of coastal zone and small
and Small Islands Management islands refers to this Act

EIA DRILLING
1-3
Act No 32 of 2004 concerning Regional Authority, responsibility and obligation of the
Government Regional Government is regulated in this Act
Act No. 17 of 2004 concerning the Project activities may potentially
Enactment of the Kyoto Protocol to the generate greenhouse gasses, hence
United Nations Framework Convention on shall refer to this Protocol
Climate Change
Act No. 32 of 2009 concerning Environmental matters related to the project
Environmental Protection and Management activities shall comply with this Act.
Company shall follow guidance stipulated in
this act on conducting environmental
protection and management activity.
Act No. 45 of 2009 jo 31 of 2004 concerning Fisheries management including optimizing
Fisheries the management of fish resources, the
preservation of fish resources, fish cultivation
and spatial planning refer to this Act.
Government Regulation No. 27 of 1999 Requirement of activities/businesses that have
concerning Environmental Impact significant impacts to the environment to
Assessment (AMDAL) conduct an AMDAL study
Government Regulation No. 7 of 1999 Conservation of protected flora and fauna
concerning Flora and Fauna Conservation within project area shall refer to this
Regulation.
Government Regulation No. 18 of 1999; and Guidance of identification and management of
No. 85of 1999 concerning Hazardous and hazardous and toxic waste (B3). Hazardous
Toxic Waste Management and toxic waste generated from the activity
shall refer to this Regulation.
Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999 Project potentially emits gaseous pollutant
concerning Air Pollution Control that may influence the ambient air quality
hence control of air pollution shall refer to this
Regulation
Government Regulation No. 25 of 2000 Administration of the project to government
concerning Government Authority and the should consider authority portions of local/
Authority of Province as a Region with regional and central government as stipulated
Autonomy by this Regulation.
Government Regulation No. 74 of 2001 Project activities will use chemicals therefore
concerning Hazardous and Toxic Material management of the chemicals (transportation,
Management handling, and storage) shall comply to this
Regulation.
Presidential Regulation No. 109 of 2006 Emergency response and handling of oil spill
concerning Emergencies Response for Oil at sea should follow this Regulation
Spillage in the Sea
Presidential Decree Number 32 Year 1990 This decree lists type of protection areas
regarding Management of Protection Areas (sensitive areas) and their management.
Liquid and solid wastes disposal are not
allowed in the protection areas
Ministry of Environment Decree No. KEP- Noise should be managed and monitored in
48/MENLH/11/1996 concerning Noise order to meet prevailing environmental noise
Standard. standards
Ministry of Environment Decree No. 200 of Determination of environmental damage and
2004 concerning Standard Criteria for status of sea grass colonies shall refer to this
Environmental Damage and Guidelines for Regulation.
the Determination of Status of Sea Grass
Colonies
Ministry of Environment Decree No. 201 of Determination of environmental and
2004 concerning Standard Criteria for mangrove ecosystem damage shall refer to

EIA DRILLING
1-4
Environmental Damage and Guidelines for this Regulation.
the Determining the Extent of Damage to
Mangroves
Ministry of Environment Decree No. 51 of Sea water quality in the project area shall refer
2004 concerning Sea Water Quality to this Regulation.
Standard
Ministry of Environment Regulation No. 8 This Regulation provides guidelines for
of 2006 concerning Guidelines to Prepare compilation of the KA, ANDAL, RKL, RPL
Environmental Impact Assessment. and Executive Summary documents.
Ministry of Environment Regulation No. 11 Mandatory to conduct an AMDAL study for a
of 2006 concerning Sort of Business and/or prescribed list of activities and /or business
Activities Plan that Require to Conduct
Environmental Impact Assessment.
Ministry of Environment Regulation No. 12 Effluent water discharge to marine
of 2006 concerning Terms and Permitting environment shall refer to this Regulation.
Procedures for Effluent Disposal to the
Marine Environment.
Ministry of Environment Regulation No. 04 Water effluent discharged from the activity
of 2007 concerning Effluent Water Standard should comply with this Regulation.
for Offshore Oil and Gas Exploration and
Production
Ministry of Mining and Energy Decree No. Environmental Management and Monitoring
KEP-103.K/008/M.PE/1989 concerning Plan implementation will be inspected by an
Supervision on Environmental Management assigned Mine Inspector
and Monitoring Plan in the Field of Mining
and Energy.
Ministry of Mining and Energy Decree No. EIA preparation in mining and energy sector
1457K/28/MEM/2000 concerning Technical shall refer to this Decree
Guidelines of Environmental Management
in Mine and Energy Sector.
Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources Management of Drilling Mud Waste and
Regulation No. 045 Year 2006 concerning Cuttings in the Oil and Gas Drilling Activity
Management of Drilling Mud, Drilling Mud shall follow this regulation
Waste, and Cuttings in the Oil and Gas
Drilling Activity
Head of Impact Control Agency Decree No. The scale of impacts should be clearly stated
056/BAPEDAL/03/1994 concerning in the environmental impact assessment
Guidelines to Determine Scale of documents referring to this Decree.
Significance Environmental Impacts.
Head of Impact Control Agency Decree No. Hazardous waste generated by the project
KEP-01/BAPEDAL/09/1995 concerning should be stored and collected in accordance
Procedures and Requirements for Storage with this Decree.
and Collection of Hazardous and Toxic
Waste.
Head of Impact Control Agency Decree No. Community involvement and information
8 of 2000 concerning Community disclosure in relation to the AMDAL process
Involvement and Information Disclosure in shall refer to this regulation.
the Process of Environmental Impact
Assessment
International Regulations
World Bank Group Emission Level TR1011 World Bank Group liquid effluent levels
– which should be achieved from offshore oil
Offshore Plants and gas production.
World Bank Group Emission Level TR1011 World Bank Group air emission levels which

EIA DRILLING
1-5
– should be achieved from offshore oil and gas
Offshore Plants production.
UNCLOS and Law No. 17 of 1982 on Sea water areas based on the functions and
Maritime Law authority.
International Convention of the Safety of The Chapter makes mandatory the
Life at Sea (SOLAS) of 1974 Chapter IX International Safety Management (ISM) Code,
concerning Management for the Safe which requires a safety management system to
Operation of Ships be established by the shipowner or any person
who has assumed responsibility for the ship
(the "Company").
International Convention for the Prevention The Convention includes regulations aimed at
of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as modified preventing and minimizing pollution from
by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL) ships - both accidental pollution and that from
routine operations
Statoil Governing Documents
TR 0926-Working Environment Describes Statoil working environment
standards and design guidelines which
applies for project development as well as all
operational activities including plants,
facilities and buildings onshore and offshore
managed by Statoil
TR1011-Technical Environment Describes Statoil technical environmental
standard for design, modification and requirement for all offshore activities.
operation of offshore plants
FR10-HSE Risk management Describes Statoil requirement for HSE Risk
Management (RM) and the applicable
associated functions, activities and processes
1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT APPROACH METHODOLOGY

The IA process is a part of the Statoil overall Management System. Findings,
results and commitments from the IA process are followed up by Statoil
through specific project governance documents. The purpose of the IA
process is to help the project manage its risks and improve its social and
environmental performance throughout the project life. The process should
be integrated; addressing all relevant HSE/CSR risks, impacts and benefits of
the project; and potential impacts to the project.
It is considered essential by Statoil that the IA process starts early, thus

making it possible to take advantage of findings and results in the technical
engineering process and further project planning.
All projects by Statoil (seismic surveys, exploration, field development, major

modifications, abandonment of existing facilities, and other relevant projects
like wind farms, bio fuel production, refinery plants, infrastructure projects,
etc) shall undertake impact assessments according to the Statoil’s guideline
document. The following are the key elements of the IA process :
• Project definition;
• Screening and categorisation of the project;

EIA DRILLING
1-6
• Scoping of the IA process;
• Stakeholder identification and analysis;
• Gathering and analysis of relevant baseline data;
• Stakeholder engagement;
• Risk and impact identification and analysis;
• Identification and assessment of mitigation and enhancement measures
and actions;
• Follow up: Implementation of measures, monitoring and reporting.
Typical time-line for IA processes for exploration and oil and gas field
development by Statoil is as follow:
Wind Parks DG1 DG2 DG3
Exploration DGC RTDE DG0
Field development DG0 DG1 AP1 DG2 DG3 DG4
Project definition
Screening and categorisation

Impact assessment phases
Scoping
Stakeholder idenitfication and analysis
Gathering and analysis of baseline

data
Stakeholder engagement
Risk and impact identification and

analysis
Identification and assessment of
mitigation and enhancement measures
Follow up
Following project screening process (project categorization) in accordance

with Indonesia Ministry of Environment Regulation Number 11 Year 2006,
oil and gas exploration drilling activity is considered as project that does not
require a full AMDAL (EIA) study but UKL-UKL (Environmental
Management Effort and Environmental Monitoring Effort) document is
obliged to be prepared by Statoil.
Statoil has conducted stakeholder identification and analysis which is

described in detail in Chapter 3. This then was followed by Public
Consultation/Socialization attended by key stakeholders in the project area
and related institutions in West Sulawesi Province. Public consultation was
particularly intended:
• To gather suggestions, opinions, and responses concerning the oil and gas
exploration activity as part of scoping process
• To protect public interest surrounding the activity area from potential
impact that may arise from the project.
• To establish an atmosphere of equal partnerhip between the parties
interest in oil and gas exploration activity in Karama Block.

EIA DRILLING
1-7
• To respect the right of all parties to obtain information relating to oil and
gas exploration activities in the Karama Block.
During Public Consultation/Socialization, the participants were actively

involved in providing critical inputs associated with oil and gas exploration
drilling plan in Karama Block. Summary of key issues raised by the
participants are as follow :
• Water quality aspect related to drilling cutting and drilling mud
management.
• Social and Economics aspect related to job opportunity for local people,
community development program and compensation to rumpon owner
and fishing group affected by the activity.
• More comprehensive socialization activities involving communities
proximity to the project location.
Those steps then followed by IA of the planned oil and gas exploration
drilling activity in Karama Block. In this report, the impact assessment has
been undertaken following a systematic process that predicts and evaluates
the impacts the proposed exploration drilling program is expected to have on
aspects of the physical, biological, and socio-economic environment, and
identifies measures that Statoil will take to avoid, reduce, remedy, offset or
compensate for adverse impacts, and to provide benefits, as far as is
practicable.
The overall approach followed is shown schematically in Figure 1-2 while the
key steps taken are described in subsequent sections. Definitions used
throughout this impact assessment are described in Table 1-2.
Scoping
Interaction with project planning and design
Baseline studies (existing data

collection and new surveys)
Assessment
Stakeholder engagement
Predict magnitude of impacts
Evaluate their significance
Investigate options for mitigation
Reassess residual impact (as required)
Management Plans
Reporting and Disclosure
Figure 1-2 Overview of IA Approach

EIA DRILLING
1-8
Table 1-2 Definitions Used in this IA
Term Definition
Project The Project is defined as including all those actions and activities which are a
necessary part of the Exploration Drilling campaign, including those aspects
without which the Project cannot proceed. This includes presence of chase
boats; the drilling, disposal/ discharges of wastes, etc.
Area of Impacts have been assessed throughout the Area of Influence of the Project.
Influence This varies depending on the type of impact being considered but includes all
that area within which it is considered significant impacts could occur, taking
into account: (a) the physical footprint of the proposed Project and (b) the
nature of the baseline environment and manner in which impacts are likely to
be propagated beyond the Project boundary.
For this Project, most impacts are expected to be mainly localized and are not
expected to extend across national boundaries. However, in the case of the
generation of greenhouse gases, the area of influence extends globally.
Type of The assessment has considered both positive and negative impacts of the
Impact Project. Positive or beneficial impacts are those that are considered to present
an improvement to the baseline or to introduce a new, desirable factor.
Negative or adverse impacts are the reverse.
Resources & The term resources is used to describe features of the environment such as
Receptors water resources, clean air and habitats etc, which are valued by society for
their intrinsic worth and/or their social or economic contribution. The term
receptors is used to define people and communities who may be affected by
the Project.
Environment Aspects of the environment in the context of this Project include:
The physical environment, including climate, air, underwater noise;
The biological or natural environment, including marine habitats, biodiversity
at the community, species and genetic levels; protected areas and ecosystem
values;
The social and socio-economic environment including people and their
livelihood, their health, welfare, amenity, safety and security; employment
and incomes; local, regional and national economies.
Timeframe of Impacts include: permanent impacts that will arise from irreversible changes
Impact in conditions such as the removal of a natural feature; temporary impacts, ie.
those that arise from short term activities such as unplanned events; and
longer term impacts that will arise over the duration of Project activities.
Short and long term impacts will cease on completion of the relevant activities
although there may be a period before the environment returns to its previous
condition. Given the nature of Exploration Drilling, no longer term impacts
are expected to occur.
Within each of the above categories, the assessment considers impacts which
are one-off or recurrent, and continuous or intermittent. If intermittent, the
impacts occur at varying frequency, and at regular, or irregular intervals (eg.
depending on operating or weather conditions).
Nature of The assessment includes direct impacts arising from activities associated with
Impact the Project (primary impacts) and impacts that follow on as a consequence of
these (secondary impacts). So, for example, the release of drill cuttings/
muds into the sea will have a direct affect on water quality. A change in
water quality can then lead to a secondary effect on marine organisms.
The Project can also have an induced impact by stimulating other

developments to take place which are not directly within the scope of or
essential to the development of the Project. Whilst these associated
developments are not part of the Project, their induced impacts are caused at
least in part by the Project and they are therefore considered in the
assessment.

EIA DRILLING
1-9
Term Definition
Cumulative The Project may also be taking place at the same time as other developments
Impacts causing impacts affecting the same resources or receptors, such that there will
be cumulative effects with the proposed Project.
Routine and Finally, this IA has assessed both routine impacts resulting from planned
Non-Routine activities of the Project; and non-routine impacts that could arise from
Impacts unplanned or accidental events within the Project such as accidental spills of
drilling fluids or a well blow out. The impact of non-routine events is
assessed in terms of Risk, ie. taking into account both the consequence of the
event and the probability of occurrence (Risk = probability x consequence).
1.4.1 Scoping
The first stage of the assessment involved identifying the likely significant
impacts of the Project that require further investigation. This aims to focus
the assessment on the likely significant impacts. This involved the systematic
consideration of the potential for interaction between activities involved in
the Project and aspects of the physical, biological, socio-economic
environment that may be affected. The results of scoping are presented in
Section 4.
1.4.2 Describing the Baseline
To provide a baseline against which the impacts of the Project can be

assessed, a description of physical, biological and socio-economic conditions
that will prevail in the absence of the Project has been prepared as presented
in Section 3. Due to the screening classification, baseline data for this
assessment have been derived from secondary, publically available data
sources and monitoring data gathered in the Block between September and
October 2009.
1.4.3 Impact Prediction
The assessment describes what could happen to the existing baseline as a

result of the project by predicting the magnitude of impacts. The term
‘magnitude’ is used as shorthand to encompass all the dimensions of the
predicted impact including:
• The nature of the change (what is affected and how);
• Its size, scale or intensity;
• Its geographical extent and distribution;
• Its duration, frequency, reversibility, etc; and
• Where relevant, the probability of the impact occurring as a result of
accidental or unplanned events.

EIA DRILLING
1-10
It also includes any uncertainty about the occurrence of scale of the impact,
expressed as ranges, confidence limits or likelihood (1). Impacts have then
been graded as being of small, medium or large magnitude according to
criteria developed for each aspect and presented in Section 4.
1.4.4 Evaluating the Significance of a Predicted Impact
Though there is statutory definition of significance of impacts in accordance

with Head of Impact Control Agency Decree No. 056/BAPEDAL/03/1994
regarding Guidelines to Determine Scale of Significance Environmental
Impacts.; however, it is relevant for use in AMDAL compilation following
Ministry of Environment Regulation No. 08 of 2006 regarding AMDAL
Compilation Guidelines. Therefore the following practical definition of
significant of impact is used in this impact assessment:
An impact is significant if, in isolation or in combination with other impacts,

it should, in the judgment of the EIA team, be reported in the EIA report so
that it can be taken into account in decision making on whether the Project
should proceed and if so under what conditions.
This recognizes that evaluation requires an exercise of judgment and that

judgments may vary between parties in the process. The evaluation of
impacts that is presented in this Report is based on the judgment of the
impact assessment team, informed by reference to Indonesia’s legal standards
and government policy, international good practice and the views of
stakeholders.
Where standards are not available or provide insufficient information on their

own to allow grading of significance, significance has been evaluated taking
into account the magnitude of the impact and the value or sensitivity of the
affected resource or receptor. The value of a resource is judged taking into
account its quality and its importance as represented, for example, by its
local, regional, national or international designation, its importance to the
local or wider community, or its economic value. The sensitivity of receptors,
for example a household, community or wider social group, will take into
account their likely response to the change and their ability to adapt to and
manage the effects of the impact. Where receptor sensitivity has been
considered in impact evaluation, criteria used to establish sensitivity have
been included in Section 4.
(1) A distinction is made here between the probability of impact arising from a non-routine event such as an
accidental spill or fire, and the likelihood of an uncertain impact; for example it may not be certain that health
will be affected by air emissions or that jobs will be obtained by local people.

EIA DRILLING
1-11
Magnitude and value/sensitivity are looked at in combination to evaluate
whether an impact is significant and if so its degree of significance. The
principle is illustrated in Figure 1-3.
Magnitude of Impact
Evaluation of Significance
Low Medium High
Not Minor Moderate

Low
significant
Value/ Sensitivity
Minor Moderate Moderate-
of resources/ Medium
Major
receptor
Moderate Moderate- Major

High
Major
Figure 1-3 Evaluation of Impact Significance
1.4.5 Mitigation & Benefit Enhancement
Where significant impacts could occur or opportunities to enhance benefits

identified, practical ways of mitigating those impacts or enhancing benefits as
far as possible have been included.
Where a significant negative impact is identified, a hierarchy of options for

mitigation has been considered to identify the preferred approach:
• Avoid at source – remove the source of the impact;
• Abate at source – reduce the source of the impact;
• Attenuate – reduce the impact between the source and the receptor;
• Abate at the receptor – reduce the impact at the receptor;
• Remedy – repair the damage after it has occurred; and
• Compensate / Offset – replace in kind or with a different resource of
equal value.
Mitigation and benefit enhancement recommendations are described in

Section 4 of this report.

EIA DRILLING
1-12
1.4.6 Residual Impacts
In some cases, it may only be possible to reduce the impact to a certain

degree. These impacts are therefore ‘residual’ in the sense that they remain
after mitigation measures have been designed into the intended activity. The
degree of significance attributed to residual impacts is related to the weight
the impact assessment team considers should be given to them in reaching a
decision on the Project:
• Any residual impacts of major significance, whether positive or negative,
are considered to warrant substantial weight in decision making on
whether (and if so how) the Project should proceed, when compared with
other environmental, social or economic costs and benefits. If the Project
is approved to proceed, conditions should be imposed to ensure adverse
impacts are strictly controlled and monitored and beneficial impacts are
fully delivered;
• Residual impacts of moderate significance are considered to be of
reducing importance to decision-making on how the Project should
proceed, but still warrant careful attention to conditions regarding
mitigation and monitoring, to ensure best available techniques are used to
keep adverse impacts to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP) for the
Project, and to ensure beneficial impacts are delivered;
• Residual impacts of minor significance should be brought to the attention
of the decision-maker but are identified as warranting little if any weight
in the decision of whether and how the Project should proceed.
Mitigation can be achieved using normal good practice and monitoring
should be carried out to confirm that impacts do not exceed predicted
levels;
• Not significant residual impacts are those that, after assessment, are found
not to be significant to the decision making about the Project; and
• Where the residual impact is of more than minor significance, this
assessment explains how the impact has been reduced to as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP) for the Project.
1.4.7 Management & Monitoring
A wide range of different measures to mitigate and manage impacts have

been identified through this assessment. Furthermore, where uncertainty
exists about the significance of an impact, monitoring has been
recommended. These mitigation, management and monitoring measures are
set out in Sections 5.

EIA DRILLING
1-13
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides a description of the proposed exploration drilling

program operations in the Karama licence area including the following:
• Project overview and location;
• Descriptions of the principal activities and well design;
• Details of the drilling rig;
• A summary of the principal emissions, effluents and wastes generated
during key activities; and
• An implementation schedule for the drilling program.
This assessment has been prepared on the basis that drilling will be conducted
using the drill ship GSF Explorer operated by Transocean. A photograph of
the GSF Explorer is shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 GSF Explorer Drill Ship

EIA DRILLING
2-1
2.2 PROJECT OVERVIEW AND LOCATION
Statoil are planning to drill three exploration wells (Anoman, Laksmana and
Gatot-kaca) within the Karama Block in the Makassar Strait, offshore West
Sulawesi (see Figure 2-2). The wells will be drilled in water depths ranging
between 1,660–1,825 m. The nearest distance to shoreline of the outermost
island or to mainland for for each of the wells is Anoman well 34 km (to
mainland), Laksmana well 19 km (to Karampuan Island) and Gatot-kaca 35
km (to mainland).
The supply base for the exploration drilling activities will be the Petrosea
Offshore Supply Base (POSB) at Balikpapan, which is located approximately
185 km (120 miles – see Figure 1-1) from the Karama Block. POSB is well
equipped with a deepwater quay for large platform supply vessels (PSVs).
2.3 PRINCIPLE PROJECT ACTIVITIES
2.3.1 Positioning of the Drill Ship
The GSF Explorer is a dynamically positioned (DP) drill ship designed to

operate at water depths of up to 2,300 m. Several thrusters are mounted
around the base of the drill ship which will be used to maintain the position
of the ship precisely on the well location. These thrusters will be controlled
by a computer that determines the exact position of the ship from special
sensors attached to the well and on the drill ship itself. The drill ship will be
supported by two large PSVs, one high speed support vessel and one
helicopter.
2.3.2 Drilling Activities
2.3.2.1 Drilling Process
Once in position at the designated well-site, drilling will commence. Wells

are drilled by using a bit that chips off pieces of rock, called cuttings. The
drill bit is connected to the surface by segments of hollow pipe, which
together are called the drill string. Drilling mud is pumped down through
the centre of the drill string and returned to the surface through the space
between the drill string and the rock formations or casing, known as the
annulus. Often the top section of the well (or top-hole) is drilled without a
riser in place and the drill cuttings and environmental-friendly water-based
mud are discharged directly on the seabed in proximity of the well.
The function of drilling mud includes cooling and lubricating the drill bit,
removing and transporting cuttings to the surface, counterbalancing
formation pressure to prevent formation fluids (ie. liquid hydrocarbons, gas
and water) from entering the well prematurely and preventing the open
(uncased) wellbore from caving in. As the well is drilled, metal casing is

EIA DRILLING
2-2
placed inside the well to line it and stabilize the hole to prevent it caving in.
The casing also isolates aquifers and hydrocarbon bearing zones through
which the well passes, thus preventing liquids or gases entering the well
prematurely. After each casing string has been installed, it is cemented in
place. The casing also provides a firm point for the attachment of the
blowout preventor (BOP) stack.

EIA DRILLING
2-3
Figure 2-2 Proposed Location of the Three Exploration Wells

EIA DRILLING
2-4
2.3.2.2 Karama Drilling Plan
The well drilling will involve 3 (three) wells with the average well depth of
5,425 m. Water based muds (WBMs) will be used to drill the initial phase (ie.
as indicated in Figure 2-3) while the remainder of the well will be drilled
using synthetic based muds (SBMs). The first step in the drilling sequence
will be to drill a 36” top hole section into the seabed into which the conductor
pipe is cemented.
A 30” diameter hole will then be drilled to a depth of ~ 2,300 as an optional

plan. If the 36” conductor casing cannot be set as planned depth, a 26” casing
will then be set A 26” diameter hole will be drilled to a total depth of 2,612 m
and a 20” casing run into the hole and set in place. The BOP stack and riser
will then be installed. This is followed by drilling a 20”, 17-1/2” hole and a
14-1/2” hole. A 12-1/4” hole will then be drilled to a depth of about 4,593 m;
the 9-5/8” liner will be run into the hole and set in place. Finally an 8-1/2”
hole will then be drilled to the planned total depth (TD) of approximately
5,425 m.
A schematic representation of the casing design for the well is shown in

Figure 2-3.
Hole Size Casing Size @ TVD Mud Type
36” 36” Conductor Casing @ 1,970 m WBM
30” 26” Surface Casing @ 2,300 m WBM
2400
26” 20” Surface Casing @ 2,612 m WBM
20” 16” Protective Liner @ 3,374 m SBM
3550
3600
17 1/2” 13 5/8” Intermediate Casing @ 3,648 m SBM
14 1/2” 11 3/4” Protective Liner @ 3,983 m SBM
12 1/4” 9 5/8” Drilling Liner @ 4,593 m SBM
8 1/2” Open Hole @ 5,425 m SBM
Source: Drilling Well Design, September 2009
Figure 2-3 Proposed Well Design

EIA DRILLING
2-5
2.3.3 Drilling Mud & Cement Usage
Both water-based muds (WBM) and synthetic based muds (SBM) will be used
for the Karama drilling program. A simple water based mud (spud mud)
will be used for the upper hole sections; a synthetic based mud will be used
for lower hole sections. Typical mud types for each hole section including
quantities for the drilling program are indicated in Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.
Table 2-1 Typical Mud Types and Quantities for each Hole Section
Components Well Sections
Open Hole 36” 30” 26” 20” 17.5” 14.5” 12 ¼” 8.5”
Diameter
Casing/Liner 36” 26” 20” 16” 13 5/8” 11 ¾” 9 5/8” 7”
Diameter
Fluid Type WBM WBM WBM SBM SBM SBM SBM SBM
Mud Density (sg) 1.03 1.03 1.18 1.18 1.20 1.20 1.20
Mud 328 332 3502 213 303 230 161 88
Usage/Discharge
(m3)
Table 2-2 Likely Mud Types to be Used for the Karama Drilling Program
Mud Components Function Quantity OCNS
Ratings*
WBMs
Bentonite Bulk Weight additive 2205 lbs/BB E
Barite Bulk Weight additive 2205 lbs/BB E
Drill Water Additive 862 m3 -
BARAZAN D Viscosifier 55 lbs/sx E
Calcium Chloride Brine Weighting/ bridging agent 740 lbs E
(11,6)
Caustic Soda pH Controller 55 lbs/sx E
Guar Gum/ Xanthan gum Stabilizer/ emulsifier 55 lbs/sx E
PAC-LE Fluid loss additive 55 lbs/sx -
Soda ash pH controller 6818 bbl E
Sodium Bicarbonates pH controller 25 kg/sx
SBMs
EDC 95/11 Base oil 593 m3 -
EZ MUL NT Emulsifier/ wetting agent 441 lbs/drum D
Calcium Chloride powder Weighting/ bridging agent 55 lbs/sx E
Lime hydrated Alkalinity agent 55 lbs/sx E
RHEMOD L Rheology/ suspension 441 lbs/drum -
LIQUITONE HTHP filtration agent 450 lbs/drum Gold
Calcium Carbonate Fine Additive 55 lbs/sx E
Note:
* Under OSPARs Offshore Chemical Notification System (OCNS), chemicals used in the offshore oil
and gas industry are assessed in terms of their ecological hazard. Two approaches are used
depending on the use of the chemical; either a Hazard Quotient (HQ) is given; expressed as a Colour
Band (Gold having lowest hazard and purple having the highest hazard; or an OCNS Group,
expressed as a letter from A to E (A having the highest risk hazard and E having the lowest)
The majority of chemicals being used are classified as posing little or no risk to the environment. The
environmental characteristics of drilling fluid chemicals, including contingency chemicals, to be
used are presented in Appendix 6.

EIA DRILLING
2-6
During SBM drilling, the drilling mud is circulated in a closed loop system
which recycles the drilling fluid and removes the drilling wastes (cuttings).
During drilling, the returns from downhole (mud and cuttings) are routed to
the solids control system (shaleshakers, sand trap, hydrocyclones, centrifuge
etc.) which physically separate the drill cuttings and sand from the drilling
mud. SBM drill mud is collected for re-conditioning and reuse whilst the
separated cuttings are discharged overboard.
Cement is usually prepared on board the drill rig in marginally greater

quantity than is expected to be required. Any left-over cement is typically
discharged overboard. It is estimated that approximately 421 m3 of cement
will be used for each well. During the casing of the 26” hole section, surplus
cement (~ 15 m3) will be released directly into the sea at seabed level from the
top of the well. There will be no planned discharge from the other sections of
the well.
2.3.4 Cuttings & Mud Disposal
Top-hole drilling will be conducted using seawater and Hi–Vis Sweeps

(WBM). During drilling of the 36” and 30” top-hole section, drill cuttings and
WBM will be discharged directly onto the seabed. Once the section is
complete and the 36” conductor and 26” casing set, mud and cuttings will be
periodically disposed into the sea through a discharge chute located ~ 12 m
below the water surface.
SBMs will be used to drill the remainder of the well. During SBM drilling, a
closed system will be used whereby the mud and cuttings are separated on
board the drill ship, by routing returns from downhole (mud and cuttings) to
the solid control system which physically separate the drill cuttings and sand
from the drilling mud. Once separated, the cuttings will be dried (to about 30
-50 g/kg oil content or 3 - 5%) in a separate cuttings dryer system and
disposed of overboard through the discharge chute. The muds will be reused
and once drilling is complete the muds will be returned to the POSB at
Balikpapan for storage.
Estimated quantities of drill cuttings and muds generated during exploration

drilling are provided in Section 2.6.
2.3.5 Well Testing and Clean Up
No testing of the wells is currently planned.
2.3.6 Well Abandonment
The wells will be permanently plugged with cement after drilling according
to Statoil requirements and Indonesian legislations. This includes the
following:

EIA DRILLING
2-7
• Cement plugs with a minimum length of 100 m will be set to isolate
hydrocarbon bearing and / or permeable zones in open hole;
• Cement plugs will extend a minimum of 50 m from the top of the
permeable zone and upwards, or 50 m from the potential flow point and
upwards; and
• The cementing of perforated intervals will be evaluated where there exists
the possibility of undesirable cross flow from the perforations or poor
annular cementation directly above the perforations.
The wellheads will however remain in place; ie 2 m above seabed or to leave

the wellheads on the seafloor, the wellheads, casing, piling and other
obstructions will be removed to a depth of 4.6 m below the seafloor and all
obstructions removed.
2.3.7 Supply, Support Logistics
Personnel will be transferred to the drill ship by Helicopter (which can take
10 passengers at a time) from the POSB at Balikpapan. Approximately 2
flights a day are expected (during the day only; night trips will only be
conducted in an emergency).
The drill ship will be supported by two (2) PSVs and one (1) fast boat. It is
estimated that six (6) supply trips per week will be required to transport
materials and supplies from Balikpapan to the drill ship. Supplies (eg. diesel
fuel, drill water, etc) required throughout drilling operations will be supplied
from the POSB.
Typical vessel and manning requirements during drilling are summarized in

Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 Vessel & Manning Requirements during Drilling

Vessel No. of People Fuel Consumption Total Duration of
Requirements on Board Operation [Note 1] (Days)
Drill Rig 140 max 63 m3/ day (during transit to 165
drill locations)
40 m3/ day during drilling
2 x PSVs 20 (10 each) 10 tonnes/ day 6 trips per week
1 x Fast Boat 8 10 tonnes/ day 165
Notes:
[1] For all three wells, including mobilization/ demobilization
2.4 DRILL SHIP SPECIFICATIONS
Drill ships are special purpose - built ships which consist of all the equipment
that you would find on a conventional drilling rig. A summary of the
principal drill ship specifications is provided below and summarized in the
following subsections:

EIA DRILLING
2-8
• Storage facilities for drill water, potable water, fuel oil, liquid mud, sack
storage, bulk materials and cement;
• Drilling equipment consisting of a derrick, rotary table, top drive,
drawworks, mud pumps, pipe handling system, solids controls, blowout
preventor (BOP) stack, well control systems and equipment;
• Four cranes for materials handling (two rated at 65 tons and two at 25
tonnes capacity);
• Flare boom attachment positions for well test flaring operations; and
• Electrical power generation system – nine diesel fuel engines and one
diesel emergency generator set.
2.4.1 Storage facilities
A summary of storage facilities provided on the GSF Explorer is shown in

Table 2-4.
Table 2-4 Bulk Storage Facilities
Material Storage Capacity

Fuel (diesel) 48,380 bbls
Drilling mud 1,429 bbls (active system), 4,800 bbls (reserve system)
Base oil 1, 618 bbls
Sack storage 7,000 sx
Bulk (barite/ bentonite) 36,000 cubic feet: 10 tanks (3,600 cubic feet each)
Cement 11,130 cubic feet: 6 tanks (1,855 cubic feet each)
2.4.2 Electrical Power Generation
The main power generation system consists of nine diesel generators (five at
4900 HP and four at 3070 HP). Fuel consumption is about 40 m3/day during
drilling operations (including on standby). Diesel will be supplied from the
POSB.
An emergency diesel engine driven generator is also provided to power

essential loads during abnormal operations.
2.4.3 Cooling Water and Drilling Water Supply
Seawater will be used for cooling the ship engines while drill water will be
supplied from the POSB at Balikpapan.
2.4.4 Sewage Treatment
All grey water (includes laundry, kitchen, bathroom faucets, baths and
showers) generated on board the drill ship will not pass the Omnipure but
will be discharged overboard into the sea.

EIA DRILLING
2-9
Toilets flushing water in the Explorer Drilling Ship get its water directly from
sea water suplly line. Black water (i.e. waste water from toilets) will be
treated in the Omnipure. The treated balck water will be discharged directly
overboard into the sea .
2.4.5 Drainage System
Areas that contain oil will be drained to a storage tank for shipment to and
disposal on shore. Rainwater in clean areas will be drained into the sea.
2.5 DRILLING SCHEDULE
Exploration drilling activities are proposed to begin in early January to

February for the first and second well, and in July 2011 for the third well. It is
estimated that the drilling of each well will take approximately < 60 days.
The estimated duration of drilling for each well is provided in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5 Proposed Drilling Schedule
Activity Duration (days)*

Drilling of well 1 54
Total 165
Note:
* Includes mobilization/ transit to each well
2.6 EMISSIONS, DISCHARGES, WASTE & NOISE EMISSIONS
This section provides an estimated inventory of air emissions, discharges to

sea and wastes generated during key project activities. It should be noted
that emissions and discharge data should be taken to be indicative and
preliminary in nature. Assumptions, where used, have been made on a
conservative basis.
2.6.1 Air Emissions
The principal emissions to atmosphere during exploration drilling will

comprise products of combustion discharged from the power generation
equipment on the drill ship. Other air emission sources will include:
• Supply and support vessel exhausts;
• Helicopter flights;
• Fugitive emissions of hydrocarbons from a range of sources including fuel
bunkering/ transfer operations, drill mud de-gassing etc.
• Particulate (dust) emissions during bulk materials transfer operations (eg.
barite, cement etc. loading) from the bulk handling system vents;

EIA DRILLING
2-10
• Releases of ozone depleting substances (ODS) during maintenance of
HVAC systems as well as from fugitive sources associated with such
equipment.
An estimated emissions inventory for key sources is presented in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6 Drilling Air Emissions
Emission (MT) (Total for Drilling Campaign)

Source
CO2 N2O NOX SO2 CO CH4 NMHC CO2-eq
Drilling Ship* 17,952 1.2 392.7 56.1 106.6 0.8 10.7 18,351
PSVs ** 5,209.4 0.36 9.60 16.28 30.93 0.44 3.09 5,330
Fast Boat*** 5,280.0 0.36 9.74 16.50 31.35 0.45 3.14 5,402
Helicopters 77.7 0.01 0.14 0.24 0.46 0.01 0.05 78
Total 28,519 2.0 412 89 169 2.0 17 29,161
Notes
* Drill ship on site for total of 165 days for all three wells
** Assuming 6 trips for both PSVs to drill site each week
*** Assuming on site for total of 165 days
• Fuel use assumed based on (Auris, 1995; IP, 2000; EPA, 2000a; EPA, 2000b)
• Fuel sulphur content 0.5 wt%
Drilling emissions are estimated to generate a total of 29,161 tonnes of CO2-eq.

This represents 0.001% of Indonesia’s total CO2 emissions1.
2.6.2 Discharges to Sea
2.6.2.1 Mud & Cuttings Disposal
The well will be drilled using WBM and SBM; during WBM drilling,
generated drill cuttings and spent WBM will be discharged to seabed. Excess
cement will also be discharged into the sea. During drilling with SBMs, the
only discharge of SBM to the sea will arise due to drill mud retained on
cuttings after drying in the cuttings dryer system to an oil level content to
around 30 – 50 g/kg or 3-5%. Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources
Regulation No 045 Year 2006 sets forth allowable limit of oil content in drill
cuttings for offshore drilling. In accordance with this regulation, drill cuttings
can be disposed to the sea (in non-sensitive areas, type of sensitive areas are
defined in Presidential Decree No 32 Year 1990) if the oil content in drill
cuttings is less than 10% (10 g/kg). Statoil has internal policy the oil content
in drill cuttings that can be disposed to the sea is no more than 1%, if this
limit can not be fulfilled during drilling, the project will search a dispensation
from Statoil corporate head quarter to allow to dispose drill cuttting with oil
(1) 1 Indonesia’s total annual CO2 emissions stand at 3.014 billion tonnes (Indonesia’s World’s No. 3 Greenhouse Gas
Emitter: Report, Adhityani Arga. 4 June 2007. http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSJAK26206220070604)

EIA DRILLING
2-11
content higher than 1% but no more than 10% to the sea; if not the drill
cutttings will be transported to shorebase in Balikpapan for further process.
The estimated volumes of cuttings discharged are indicated in Table 2-7.
Table 2-7 Estimated Volumes of Cuttings Discharged

Components Estimated Cuttings Volume for each Well Section
Open Hole 36” 30” 26” 20” 17.5” 13.25” 12.25 8.5” 6”
Diameter ”
Fluid Type WBM WBM WBM SBM SBM SBM SBM SBM SBM
Cuttings 66 151 1 71 78 53 30 15 5
discharge (m3)
Total (m3) 218 252
2.6.2.2 Cement Disposal
Cement is usually prepared on board the drill rig in marginally greater

quantity than is expected to be required. Left-over cement is typically
discharged overboard. The estimated volume of cement to be used and
discharged from the Karama drilling programme is:
Components Estimated Cement Volume for each Well Section
Open Hole 36 30 26 20 17.5 13.25 12.25 8.5 6
Diameter (“)
Cement Volume to 48 (base), 221 47 26 - - - - -
be used (m3) 59 (down (base), 20
hole)
Excess cement (%) 200 100 & 20 30 30 - - - - -
Excess cement (m3) 214 225 14.1 7.8 - - - - -
2.6.2.3 Wastewater Discharges
Other discharges to sea from the drill ship, standby and support vessels will
comprise bilge water, cooling water, deck drainage, sewage and grey water
(eg laundry/showers etc.). Indicative sewage and domestic wastewater
discharge rates for typical offshore operations are presented in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8 Estimated Volumes of Operational Discharges to Sea
Discharges to Sea (m3)

No. of Personnel
Type of Vessel Duration Domestic Effluent Sewage
Onboard
(Grey Water) (Black Water)
1 X Drill ship 165 140 2,541 1,733
2 X PSVs 141 20 310 212
1 X Fast Boat 165 8 145 99
Total 168 2,996 2,043
Data Sources/ Assumptions:
Domestic effluent generation rate 0.11 m3/person/day
Sewage generation rate 0.075 m3/person/day

EIA DRILLING
2-12
2.6.3 Hazardous and Non-hazardous Waste Generation
Drilling activities generate a variety of non-hazardous and hazardous wastes.

A waste handling and storage procedure is implemented on board the GSF
Explorer and, with the exception of grey water, kitchen wastes and drilling
waste (drill cuttings) which will be treated and disposed of into the sea, all
other waste types will be returned to shore for disposal.
A list of typical wastes potentially generated during drilling is presented in

Table 2-9.
Table 2-9 Typical Development Drilling Wastes

Non-hazardous
• Galley (food) waste
• Garbage (paper, packaging, rags, plastic, glass)
• Wooden crates, pallets and timber cuts
• Sacks and bags
• Containers and drums (metal & plastic)
• Scrap metal (ferrous & non-ferrous)
Hazardous
• Drums & containers contaminated with oil, chemicals etc.
• Lube oil, grease, hydraulic fluids
• Paints, thinners and coating products
• Solvents and de-greasers
• Slop oil (oil/water mixture)
• Oily rags and other inert oil contaminated materials
• Off-spec chemicals
2.6.4 Noise
Noise emissions associated with the project will be generated by the drill
ship, support and supply vessels. Helicopter flights will also be a further
source of transient noise.
Drill ship noise will be generated by the ships engines, propellers and
thrusters, power generation equipment, pumps, shale shakers, draw-works,
hydraulic power packs, cranes, air compressors etc.). Noise from support
shipping (ie. the PSVs and fast boat) will be generated by the engines,
propellers and thrusters.
Noise level generated by using dynamic positioning is indicated at

196 dB/1mPa at frequencies between 20 – 25 kHz. Indicative underwater
noise frequencies, source levels and attenuation levels associated with a drill
ship are presented in Table 2-10. For comparison sake, noise frequencies,
source levels and attenuation levels for other offshore activities are also listed.

EIA DRILLING
2-13
Recorded underwater noise levels at source for supply and support vessels
range between 186 – 191 dB re 1 μPa (SEIC, 2005)2.
Table 2-10 Sound Sources from Various Maritime Activities

Activity Frequency Average Estimated Received Level at Different
Range Source Level Ranges (km) by Spherical Spreadinga
(kHz) (dB re 1mPa-m 0.1 km 1 km 10 km 100 km
Drill ship 0.01 - 10 167 - 171 127 – 131 106 - 110 81 - 85 6 - 10
Jack-up drilling rig 0.005 - 1.2 163 123 102 77 2
Production drilling 0.25 - 208 187 162 87
Semi-submersible rig 0.016 - 0.2 85 - 127 45 – 87 24 - 66 <41 0
Large merchant 0.005 - 0.9 179 - 191 139 – 151 118 - 130 93 - 105 18 - 30
vessel
Military Vessel - 160 - 190 120 – 150 99 - 129
74 - 104 <29
Super tanker 0.02 - 0.1 190 - 203 150 – 163 129 - 142
104 - 29 - 42
117
Notes: In water the decibel scale is used with a reference pressure of 1 μPa, as opposed to 20 μPa in
air
Adapted from: Evans & Nice, 1996; Richardson et al, 1995
(2) 2 Sakhalin Energy Investment Company LTD. Comparative Environmental Analysis of the Piltun-Astokh Field
Pipeline Route Options, 2005.

EIA DRILLING
2-14
3 CHARACTERIZATION OF THE INFLUENCED AREA
3.1 PETROSEA OFFSHORE SUPPLY BASE (POSB)
PSOB is located in and as part of the integrated Tanjung Batu Harbour in

Balikpapan. This area is far from the residential area and has had an
Integrated AMDAL and Environmental-based Development Feasibility Study
by Ministry of Environment Decree No. 545/2007 for Offshore Supply Base
activities.
PSOB is located far from the residential area therefore it will be likely less
interaction with the community in Balikpapan. In terms of environmental
impacts, it will be into the operational mode when drilling activities occurs in
Karama Blocks. This will include liquid mud plant operation, tubular
maintenance and harbour operation. Most of the activities are conducted
within the supply base accept to those of shipping operations to Karama
Block.
All environmental impacts will be managed and monitor within the supply
base in Balikpapan. Petrosea has developed standard operation procedure for
environmental management to be enacted to ensure that the POSB meets
contractual, legal and environmental requirements. Further, this is also to
meet the requirements of ISO 14001:2004 which include the need of continual
improvements. These SOPs include: Waste Management Procedure (POSB-
HSE-PR-G-0005), Environmental Management Plan for Tanjung Batu Supply
Base (POSB-HSE-PL-G-0002) and POSB Waste Management Plan (POSB-HSE-
PL-G-0002).
The environmental and social components baseline of the area excerpted

from Integrated AMDAL of PSOB document, are as follow:
3.1.1 Climate
Data on climatic conditions in the Balikpapan during the period from 2000 to
2005 was obtained from the Meteorological and Geo-physics station of
Sepinggan, Balikpapan City. Data includes temperature, humidity, rainfall
and wind speed and direction. The data shows that this region has a tropical
climate of A type, with average rainfall > 204.8 mm/month.
3.1.1.1 Air Temperature
The highest average temperature occurred in April – May, accounting for

34.5oC and minimum air temperature occurs in August, with the average of
21.4oC. The increase trend of temperature by year, is predicted as the result of
development, land clearing and illegal logging throughout Kalimantan.

EIA DRILLING
3-1
3.1.1.2 Humidity
In Balikpapan, the humidity is influenced by degree of evaporation caused by

hot air stream from sea surface or coast. Based on data from Sepinggan
Meteorological Station for period 2000-2005, the average humidity fluctuates
between 55% to 97% where the lowest occured in April and the highest is in
November.
3.1.1.3 Rainfall
The highest rainfall occured from September to January, with the monthly
average of 252.2 mm while the lowest occured in July with 160.7 mm in
average. The daily fluctuations may vary between one month to the other
month.
3.1.1.4 Wind speed and direction
Wind speed and direction in Balikpapan varies, depending on monsoon and

temporal condition (night or day). Wind data from Balikpapan
Meteorological and Go-physics Station during 2000-2005 showed in general,
during rainy season, the wind blows from North-West for Southeast direction
while on dry season is mostly to Northeast direction. The highest wind
absolute velocity occured in May 2003 with 50 knots while the slowest of 14
knots, occured in April 2003. Speed and wind direction pattern affect the
monthly water flow movement in the Makassar Strait.
3.1.1.5 Bathymetry
The Tanjung Batu waters in Balikpapan Bay has a moderate slope os shallow
water until 0,5 mile and reaching 3 m deep in 0.6 mile from nearshore,
followed by 6-12 m deep at the range of 1 mile from shore. The depth is
relatively stable as the result of low sedimentation, represented by granite
boulders on the seabed and water clarity within 1 mile radius from shore.
3.1.1.6 Tide
Based on Balikpapan Port Authority analysis in 1984 (Stage II: Rehabilitation

of Balikpapan No. l Terminal) shows that the highest tide is 267 cm and the
lowest was 5 cm. the average of sea mean level during the observation was
135 cm. The analysis result also shows that Tanjung Batu waters has a mix
tide type with semidiurnal prevailing. High tide occurs twice in a day with
different range. Mean sea level was 1.40 m above the ebb line and high water
spring happens 2.8 m above the ebb line.

EIA DRILLING
3-2
3.1.1.7 Wave
Wave characteristic in Balikpapan Bay ranges from 1-1.5 m with wave period
of 6 seconds from south to Northwest. From previous study (Design report
on Urgent Development Program for the Port of Balikpapan, 1988), the waves
could reach 2.0 m, influenced by vessel movement in the port. However, all
vessels entering the Port should be guided and is not exceeding the
maximum speed of 3 knots to avoid hydrodynamics pattern shift within the
Port.
3.1.1.8 Coral Reef
Coral condition near the PSOB water in Tanjung Batu was in bad to moderate
condition (based on criteria in Ministry of Environment Decree No. KEP-
04/MENLH/02/2001). Based on the AMDAL study in 3 locations in Tanjung
Batu waters, the coral cover was 21.26% to 34.59%. It is predicted that the
dead coral and rubble, have been resulted from un-environmentally practices
from local fishers, using cyanide and bomb for fishing. These practices have
been enacted by the local fishers as the dead coral has been covered by algae.
However, some species has been survived in the location, including Acropora
spp, Fungia spp, and Lobophyllia. Based on fact that water quality surrounding
the area and unsustainable development in the Tanjung water, the coral
ecosystem recovery does not likely to occurs.
3.1.1.9 Fisheries
Balikpapan Bay has a great potential of the fisheries development, including

aquaculture (fish and shrimp ponds; floating cage) and capture fisheries. The
existing activities include the development of ponds for growing the tiger
prawn (Penaeus monodon) and milky fish (Chanos chanos).
The fisheries resources in Balikpapan has not been fully exploited. The
maximum sustainable yield of Balikpapan water is predicted to reach 16.36
tonnes/year but the fishing utilization has been only 1.25 tonnes/month
(Balikpapan Fisheries Agency, 1998). The yield from mariculture from fish
and shrimp ponds activities (tambaks) is 8.6 tonnes/year and 1.25
toones/year for tiger prawn and milk fish respectively. On capture fisheries,
some economically important fishes are found in the area: sardines, groupers,
trevally and snappers. This indicates that Balikpapan Bay is also important
habitat for some economic valued fishes.
3.1.2 Socio Economy and Cultural
Social-cultural-economic data included for the West Balikpapan sub-district,

which is focused on Kelurahan Kariangau, covering the area of 175.3275

EIA DRILLING
3-3
km2, as this village is adjacent to the POSB and Tanjung Batu Port. In general,
the Kariangau villagers earn the living from fishing, farming and servicing.
3.1.2.1 Demography
The Balikpapan Barat monographs (2006) reported the population of

Kariangau was 3.050 people, living in most of the 97% of this sub district area.
Residence density was the lowest from all subdistricts in Balikpapan,
accounting for 17 people/km2. Household composition is on the average of 4
people per family, i.e father, mother and 2 children.
Sex ratio in this Subdistrict is dominated by man with the percentage of 100
to 117,70. The productive age is 82% of the population, representing that 33 of
non productive person is under responsibility of 152 productive workers.
Ethnic composition are dominated by Bugis-Makasarese, Torajan and

Butonese and some are Javanaese. The people from Sulawesi are mostly
working as workers in logging companies while the Javanese are more into
servicing activities, such as opening restaurants and as traders.
3.1.2.2 Economic Activities
Livelihood of local community in Balikpapan Barat sub district are mostly

fisherman, followed by government employee and labour at port. Few of
them are working in Army and in private sectors. Most of the village dweller
are highly dependent on the local natural resources as part of their economic
activities. This can be shown in the composition of the villagers: fisherman
28% and farmer, aquaculture fisher, seaweed farmer are 2% each; while
labour and army are 6% and 2% respectively, from the total dwellers.
Unemployment in this subdistrict is categorized the lowest, accounted for
16% of the total population.
The fisheries activities, capture and aquaculture, are the major livelihood in
Kariangau village, as of 30% of the villagers are still depending on this
natural resources. However, this livelihood will be highly impacted due to
the development PSOB. In the last 5-10 years, the fishing yield has been
declining by 24%, from IDR 19,285,714 to IDR 14,571,285. Interview
conducted with the local communities during the PSOB AMDAL study
revealed that the decline was as the result of pollution from some industrial
activities nearby, combined with high and busy marine traffic in Balikpapan
bay. Some exclusive zones by the industries are also limit the resources
access. This is worsened by the increase of the fuel price.
3.1.2.3 Community perception
Community perception on the PSOB activities are mostly positive. Based on

the surveyed conducted during the AMDAL study showed that 96% of the

EIA DRILLING
3-4
total villagers supported the development of the shorebase facilities while
villagers who was against or skeptical of the facilities development was
accounted for 2% each. The villagers who agreed with this new development
put a great expectation on the employment with PSOB while on the other
side, the community who was against to PSOB development had a serious
concern on the impact of the PSOB development on their livelihood, such as
deterioration of their environment and livelihood quality.
3.2 PROJECT LOCATION FOR DRILLING ACTIVITY-KARAMA BLOCK
Karama Block is located in the Mamuju Regency in the Makassar Strait,

offshore West Sulawesi (Figure 1-1). The baseline description describes the
environmental and social characteristics in the area, focusing on the project
Zone of Influence (ZOI) which was determined from modeling the potential
impact from the proposed exploration drilling program. In addition,
consideration is also given to characteristics in the area of Balikpapan
relevant to supply/support activities for the program as described above.
3.2.1 Defining the Project Zone of Influence
Drill cutting dispersion and oil spill modeling were used to predict the area of
potential impact from the deep-water exploration drilling program under
routine and non routine conditions. Detailed results from the models are
provided in Appendix 1. In summary, oil spill modeling highlighted the
areas of Karampuang Island and adjacent shoreline of the Mamuju Regency
of West Sulawesi as vulnerable to an accidental release of hydrocarbons
under certain scenarios (Figure 3-1). The known sensitive receptors in these
areas include coral reef; mangrove and sea grass ecosystems; and community
brackish water fish ponds (tambak) as discussed in the following sections.

EIA DRILLING
3-5
Figure 3-1 Project Zone of Influence)

EIA DRILLING
3-6
3.2.2 Meteorology
Climate data is provided for the Mamuju Regency. Average temperature is

25-28°C where the maximum temperature ranges from 31 to 34°C and the
minimum temperature ranges from 20 to 24°C (Mamuju in Numbers, 2008).
The area has a high occurrence of rainfall with only 0-2 dry months a year.
Rainfall levels are highest from November to March with average rainfall is
4,000 mm, while from June to October average rainfall is 1,400 mm. Average
humidity of the Mamuju Regency is between 75 to 80% (West Sulawesi in
Numbers, 2005-2006).
Local meteorological data (winds) were obtained from the Asia Pacific Data
Research Center (APDRC) for coordinates 118.6° E Longitude, 2.1º S Latitude.
While both March and October had significant winds from the east and west,
wind rose diagrams (Figure 3-2) showed an additional strong influence of
winds from the southwest in March 2008 and from the northeast in October.
Average wind velocity ranges from 5 to 16 km/hour. Maximum wind
velocity is typically 29-67 km/hour.
3.2.3 Tectonics and Geology
The Makassar Strait occupies the continental shelf, slope and rise areas
between the islands of Kalimantan and Sulawesi, forming a distinct
physiographic border between the western Indonesia landmass and the
eastern Indonesia archipelago. The strait is roughly 100–200 km wide and
300 km long.
The Makassar Strait is bounded towards the north by a long lateral fault (the
Palu-Koro fault), which separates this basin from the Sulawesi sea. The
Makassar Strait is divided into the North Makassar and South Makassar basin
by another lateral fault (Paternoster fault). The occurrence of these two faults
is clearly reflected by the steep gradients indicated by the bathymetric
contours. A thick sequence of relatively undisturbed Neogene and probably
Paleogene sediments showing good lateral continuity were deposited in the
basin (Darman, 2000).
3.2.4 Oceanography
The Makassar Straits are the main passage in the transfer of water and heat
from the Pacific to the Indian Ocean, via the Indonesian seas. This transfer of
Pacific water into the Indian Ocean through the Indonesian seas affects the
heat and freshwater budgets of both oceans as well as having an effect on
global climate (Ffield, et al., 2000).

EIA DRILLING
3-7
Figure 3-2 Windrose in the study area (left March 2008 and right October 2008 windrose)

EIA DRILLING
3-8
3.2.4.1 Bathymetry
The Makassar Strait is bounded by the Sulawesi Sea to the north and the East
Java Sea to the south. The southern part of the strait is shallower than the
north, with average water depths less than 2 km. Water depths at the
proposed exploration well locations in the Karama Block range from
approximately 1,650 m closest to the coast to 1,900 m at the western-most well
location.
Figure 3-3 Bathymetry of Karama Block
3.2.4.2 Seawater Temperature and Salinity (density)
Sea surface temperature (SST) and sea surface salinity (SSS) in the Karama
PSC vary seasonally and annually due to Monsoon Wind Systems and the
Indonesian Trough Flow (ITF) (Ilahude and Gordon 1996). SST also varies
geographically from north to south.
Surveys show that during the South East Monsoon (SEM), SST is slightly
colder (28.2 – 28.7°C) and SSS is higher (33.8 – 34.2 psu) (Prisetiahadi, 1994
and Ilahude and Gordon 1996). SST is slightly colder in the southern part of
the Strait (around 28 °C) compared to the middle and northern part (about
28-29° C) during SEM. From east-west SST is relatively constant, especially in
the middle part of the strait. This warm SST is considered as a part of warm
pool of tropical Pacific Ocean.
The SSS is above 34.11 psu (about 34.2-34.5 psu) during the SEM. The values
of SSS in the southern part are slightly higher and homogenous than those at
the middle and northern part of Strait.

EIA DRILLING
3-9
During the North West Monsoon (NWM), SST is about 0.8°C higher, with
values between 29.1 – 30.0° C. As during the SEM, the SST in the southern
part of the strait is colder than those at the northern part. The SSS is slightly
lower (31.6 - 33.8 psu) during the NEM than those during the SEM (Ilahude
and Gordon 1996 and Kusbiandary, 2000). These values are reduced
considerably during the NEM, especially in the middle part where SSS is
about 2.6 psu less that those during the SEM.
The vertical distribution of temperature and salinity within and around

Karama Block, Makassar Strait also varies seasonally. During the SEM, the
surface mixed layers extend to 25 to 60 m depth and deeper toward the
southern part of the strait. The thermocline is seen from 60 m to depths of
225 to 300 m. The temperatures at these layers decrease from 27°C to 10/12°C.
Beyond 300 m water depth temperature decrease slowly to about 6°C at a
depth of 1000 m.
Vertical salinity profiles during the SEM show that salinity increases from
about 33.8-33.8 psu at the surface to 34.5-34.7 psu at a depth of 100-150 m.
Seawater at this depth is believed to be of North Pacific origin and is called
North Pacific Subtropical Water (NPSW). Beyond this depth salinity
decreases to 34.0- 34.6 psu at 250-450 m (North Pacific Intermediate Water
(NPIW)) and approximately 34.5 psu at 1000 m (Wyrtki, 1961; Prisetiahadi,
1994; and Ilahude and Gordon 1996). Indicative vertical temperature and
salinity profiles during SEM are depicted in Figure 3-4.
Figure 3-4 Vertical profile at Makassar Strait (a) Temperature (b) Salinity

EIA DRILLING
3-10
During the NWM, the surface mixed layer extends to 50 - 60 m depth and
water temperature is 28° C, falling to 12°C in the thermocline layer to 250 m.
Below this layer to water depths of 1000m, the temperature falls to 5°C. The
vertical profile of salinity during NWM displays a salinity increase to about
34.6-34.8 psu at the depth of 120-200 m (NPSW). Below this depth, salinity
displays a minimum value of less than 34.45 psu at a depth of 300-400 m
(NPIW) (Wyrtki, 1961, Ilahude and Gordon 1996 and Kusbiandary, 2000).
Horizontal mean monthly SST and SSS within and around Karama Block
computed from data for the period 1929 to 2004 (available from NODC,
NOAA, USA and JODC, Japan) show similar values. The mean monthly SST
around the Karama Block varied from 28°C to 30.3°C and was slightly colder
during the SEM than the NWM. Mean monthly SSS are slightly lower during
the NWM (January and February) with the values of 30.5 – 33 psu, and
slightly higher (32.2 – 34.5 psu) during the SEM (July and August). At both
seasons, surface salinity at the Karama Block consistently shows a decrease
towards the coast. This may be attributable to river drainage from the land
into the nearshore waters.
3.2.4.3 Ocean Currents (Direction and Velocity – Horizontal and Vertical Profile)
The description of Ocean Currents within the Karama Block, Makassar Strait
is based on:
• In situ current data set from JODC, Japan from alternate year starting
from 1902 to 1997 (JODC, 2009).
• A three year dataset of ocean currents within Labani Channel, a 45 km
constriction near 2°52’S (Susanto and Gordon, 2005; Gordon, 2008),
approximately 30 nm south-southwest of the center of the Karama block.
• The results of ocean models developed at the US Naval Research
Laboratory (NRL, 2009).
Visual observation of horizontal distributions of monthly mean current

vectors within Karama Block show that the currents vary in speed and
direction temporally and spatially (Table 3-1). The characters of ocean
currents in the Makassar Strait and within Karama Block are consistent with
the results of Naval Research Laboratory model as mentioned by Gordon
(2008). The main flows are mainly toward south-southeast especially in the
west of the Karama Block. During certain months such as March and
December (see Table 3-1) eddies occur especially at eastern site of Karama
Block closed to the coast in which the flows directed toward northeast- north.
Such eddies were also found in the results of the US Naval Research
Laboratory (NRL, 2009)
The stick plot of the current vector at MAK I (west mooring) measured
during Arlindo experiment at Labani Channel is presented in Figure 3-5
(Susanto and Gordon 2005). The length of the stick equates to the value of the

EIA DRILLING
3-11
speed of the current and the angle of the stick measured from the upward
vertical line (i.e. north direction) is the direction of the current vector. The
speed and direction of the surface currents shown in Figure 3-5 are consistent
with those mean monthly surface ocean current presented in Table 3-1. The
maximum speed was found at the thermocline layer and current direction
was mainly south-southeast to south east.
J A S O N D J F M A M J
0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85
Figure 3-5 Stick plot of the current vector at several depths at MAK I (west
mooring) measured during Arlindo experiment at Labani Channel from
July 2005 – June 2006.
Table 3-1 Variation of mean monthly surface current vector within Karama
Block from January to December
Month Speed Direction Description
(m/sec)
January 0.1 – 0.2 South, southeast Weaker at coastal side
February 0.15 -0.3 South, south-southeast Almost homogeneous spatially
March 0.15 – 0.4 South, southeast, east, Eddy counter clockwise,
northeast, north southward at seaside and
northward at the coast
April 0.05 – 0.2 Northeast, north- Irregular motion, very slow in the
northeast center
May 0.2 – 0.5 South, south- Slightly stronger at coastal site
southeast, south-
southwest
June 0.05 – 0.4 South, west, southwest Stronger southward at coast,
weaker in middle west-
southwestward
July 0.15 – 0.4 South, southwest Weaker at the sea site

EIA DRILLING
3-12
Month Speed Direction Description
(m/sec)
August 0.05 – 0.15 West, southwest, Weaker at the coast and the
south-southwest middle
September 0.3 – 0.4 South, south-southeast Relatively homogenous spatially
October 0.2 – 0.35 South, south- Weaker in the middle
southwest
November 0.35 – 0.95 Northwest, southeast Chaos and strong current in the
center
December 0.25 – 0.35 Southeast, east, Current flows southeast from sea
northeast site and northeast at the coast
3.2.4.4 Waves (Direction, Period and Significant Height)
Wave data used to describe wave characteristics within the Karama Block are
the results of model output of European Climate Moderate Range Weather
Forecast (ECMWF). The wave model output series (1989–2008) which are
available in a north-south section along 118.5° E starting from -1.5°S to -3°S is
at western edge of Karama Block and is presented in Figure 3-6. The time
series of wave characteristics along this section show that during 1989 to 2002
the significant wave height varied between 0.3 to <0.4 m and at the same
period, the mean wave period is varied between >4 sec to >4.5 sec. However,
from 2003 to 2008, the significant wave height increased to 0.4 m to 0.45 m
and the mean wave period also increased to 5 sec to 5.25 sec. Moreover, the
direction of mean wave is varied between 180 degrees to 200 degrees (south
to south-southeastward) from 1989 to 2008, except in November 1997 to
August 1998 where the mean wave direction is 100 degrees to 150 degrees
(south-southwest).
The time series wave characteristics from March 2008 to February 2009 are
also available from ECMWF) at a station just north and south of the Karama
Block. At the station north of Karama Block, the significant wave heights
fluctuated mainly around 0.3 to 0.4 m, period mainly 4.2 to 6.5 sec and
direction mainly around 200 degrees to 250 degrees (south west). At the
station south of the Karama Block, the wave data show a greater fluctuation
than those at the north station.
The significant wave height is 0.3 to 0.5 m in March 2008 – April, then starts
to increase reaching a highest value of 0.7 - 0.9 m in July 2008; decreasing to
about 0.3 -0,.4 m in December 2008 and fluctuating abruptly in January and
February 2009. The mean wave period is varied between 4.5 to 6.5 sec in
March to May 2008, 5.0 – 5.4 sec in June to September 2008 and 4.5 to 6.5 sec
from October 2008 to February 2009. Wave directions are varied between
150 degrees (south-southwest) in March to October 2008 to
200 degrees-250 degrees (turning slightly to the west) in November 2008 to
February 2009.

EIA DRILLING
3-13
The impact of storm events can not be seen from the results of the ECMWF
model output in 1989-2008 (Figure 3-6) and March 2008 to February 2009.
The reason for this is that the wind data used to predict the wave height
represent weekly averaged winds. Consequently, storm events which
usually take place over a relatively short duration are averaged out.
Figure 3-6 Time series of wave characteristics: (i) significant wave height (upper),
(ii) mean wave period (middle), and (iii) mean wave direction (lower)
along a north-south section acquired from European Climate
Moderate Range Weather Forecast (ECMWF)
3.2.4.5 Tide Regime
Tide data records are available from measurement (1–22 April 2009) at
Mamuju (118.91667 E - 2.68333 S) just south of Karama Block coast and as
predicted data using a Global Tidal Model and Nested Regional Tidal Model
(BPPT) validated with surface height measured by Topex/Poseidon, ERS-1
and ERS-2. The results of this model can be acquired at many locations
around Karama Block such as those at the northern and southern parts of the
Karama Block.
A comparison between tide measurements and the results of the tide

prediction model at Mamuju is provided in Figure 3-7. The results of tide
prediction using admiralty methods compare very well with those of tide
measurement. The results show that the type of tide in Mamuju and Karama
Block is mixed and predominantly semi-diurnal. This means that there 2
distinct high and low water occurrences a day (24 hours) but the tidal range

EIA DRILLING
3-14
between these two events is significantly different for neap and spring tides.
During the time of measurement at Mamuju (1–22 April 2009) the tidal range
varied between 0.74 m during the neap tide (5 April 2009) to 1.83 m during
the spring tide (12 April 2009), while the predicted tide at the Karama Block
over the period 1–31 May 2009 shows a varying range between 0.4 m during
neap tide to 2.1 m during spring tide. Both sets of results are comparable and
a similar tide regime has been reported by earlier studies for the Makassar
Strait in Wyrtki, 1961.
Figure 3-7 Comparison between tide measurement (blue) and results of tide
prediction (red) at Mamuju from 1 – 22 April 2009.
3.2.4.6 Characterization of Extreme Conditions (Storms) (Winds, Waves and Currents).
Extreme conditions are usually caused by storms. As storms pass by, then
wind will be stronger, wave height will be higher, wave periods will be
longer and may it cause chaotic and strong surface currents. There is limited
wave model prediction data for storm conditions in the Makassar Strait. This
report describes some of the available data on extreme wind conditions which
may be considered as “storms”.
Methods of observation and modelling to produce the wind data include:

• Satellite Dataset,
• Merge Optimal Interpolation (IO) Dataset,
• Model output from Cersat IFREMER, France and
• Validation from BMGK Data set.
Wind conditions in the Makassar Strait were characterized from the above
sources for the period 1 to 24 April 2009 with 4 wind condition each day (at
hours of 00.00, 06.00, 12.00 and 18.00). Visual observation of this period at 4
times each day showed moderate wind conditions within or nearby the
Karama Block. These include:
• April 2009 at 00.06 hours where the wind speed was >9 m/sec to the
southwest.

EIA DRILLING
3-15
• 13 April 2009, 06.00 with a location just north of Karama Block, where the
wind speed was 6.5 m/sec with an eastward direction.
• 17 April 2009, 00.60 at locations in the northern and eastern part of the
Karama Block where wind speed was 6.5 – 7.0 m/sec with an eastward
direction.
During April 2009, extreme wind conditions around the Karama Block were
infrequent but several occurrences were observed at the eastern side of
Makassar Strait, especially around the Balikpapan coast.
The occurrence of storms (wind speed > 20 m/s) in the Makassar Strait is
infrequent. This influenced by the location of the Strait at the equator and the
shielding effect of Kalimantan and Sulawesi. Furthermore, this area lies
between two tropical storm belts (generally located between 5°–27° N and S
latitudes). The area is largely unaffected by tropical cyclones and is
characterized by localized squalls (Gill, 1982). Extreme events are rare but
monsoon storm events have been recorded and winds up to 80 miles/hr
(approximately 36 m/s) have occurred in exceptional circumstances.
3.2.5 Water and Sediment Quality
Water quality within the Karama Block was studied through sea water
column sampling conducted by ELNUSA during the period September to
October 2009. Sediment samples were also taken during the period. Water
quality sampling were conducted at three sampling locations as presented in
Figure 3-8 (one near the shoreline-point 4, and two located offshore-points 1B
and 2). Water samples were collected from different depth, resulting fourteen
sampling station (1B-a, 1B-b, 1B-c1, 1B-c2, 1B-d, 1B-e, 2-a, 2-b, 2-c1, 2-c2, 2-d,
2-e, 4-a, 4-b).
3.2.5.1 Water Quality
Seawater samples were collected from the following depths in the water
column:
• Surface water sample at 10m;
• Surface-mid water sample at 400m;
• Mid water column sample at 620m;
• Middle-bottom water sample at 1,200m; and
• Bottom water sample at 1,600m.
The water quality of surrounding project location is largely in compliance to

Seawater standard regulated in Minister of Environment Decree No. 51 of
2004. Detailed results from the water quality analyses are provided in
Appendix 2.

EIA DRILLING
3-16
The sea water was physically clear, with high light intensity at the surface
and turbidity and Total Suspended Solid (TSS) values well below the
standards threshold. Temperatures were relatively warm at the surface,
which are in average double of the temperatures at depths.
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) at the surface of all sampling stations was slightly
lower than the standard threshold. This may be attributable to the relatively
higher temperature driving the equilibrium towards a gaseous phase. DO
also decrease with increasing depth due to less contact with the atmosphere.
There was a low level of Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand 5 Days (BOD5) as well
as non-detectable pollutant levels of Poly-cyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon
(PAH), Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl (PCB), Tri Butyl Tin (TBT) and pesticides
in all of the samples.
The BOD concentration of the samples taken generally was below the
stipulated concentration stated in MoE 51-2004 that is 20 mg/L. This low
BOD is considered to show good condition where little pollution occurred at
the studied location. Influences of possible anthropogenic pollutants from
domestic activities (e.g. shipping and/or human activities at shores) were
indicated by the presence of phosphate, nitrate and surfactants, as well as oil
and grease parameters.
Total organic carbon (TOC) and total hydrocarbon were detected in all
sampling points. TOC representing all combustible organic compounds in
water was detected ranging from 0.69 to 3.74 mg/L. TOC is not regulated in
MoE 51-2004. Total hydrocarbon was detected in all sampling points ranged
from 0.4 t0 3.0 mg/L. In accordance with MoE 51-2004, threshold limit of
total hydrocarbon for marine water in port area is 1 mg/L, but total
hydrocarbon is not regulated for marine tourism and marine biota.
Oil and grease was detected in all sampling locations ranged from 2.2 to 7.0
mg/L. MoE 51-2004 stipulates threshold limit for marine water in port area is
5 mg/L and for marine tourism and marine biota is 1 mg/L. Based on this
limit, oil and grease concentrations in all samplings stations exceeded
threshold limit for marine tourism and marine biota.
Metals and heavy metals were generally in compliance with the standards,
except for Cr (VI), Pb and Ni. Cr (VI) was detected in all sampling locations
ranged from 0.009 to 0.130 mg/L (threshold limit 0.005 mg/L), Pb was
detected ranged from 0.194 to 0.300 mg/L (threshold limit 0.008 mg/L) and
Ni concentration in all sampling locations was detected ranged from 0.037 to
0.378 mg/L (threshold limit 0.05 mg/L). Other metals, such as Ba, Se, Al and
V have no standard threshold values. The concentrations had similar values
in all locations and depths, possibly because these metals are naturally
present in the sea water.

EIA DRILLING
3-17
Three type of radioisotops were analyzed from water samples during the
study i.e. 226Ra, 228Ra, and 210Pb. Radioactivity analytical result showed 210Pb
was detected in the range between <200 to 3900 mBq/L, while 226Ra was
detected ranging from 1.1 to 3.9 mBq/L and 228Ra ranged from 0.8 to 3.0
mBq/L. The radioactivity is considered well below the standard threshold
limit.

EIA DRILLING
3-18
Figure 3-8 Water column and sediment quality sampling locations

EIA DRILLING
3-19
3.2.5.2 Sediment Quality
Sediment samples were collected in the same locations as water quality

samples (see Figure 3-8), consisted of near shoreline and off shore near the
Anoman Well.
Sediment characteristic of the project location based on the analysis of the

samples are classified as silt and silty-clay with low content of sand and
gravel. The near shoreline (location point 4) majority is silt, with some clay
and low sand content. Sediments near the Anoman well, location point 1B
and 2 are dominated by silt and clay with low content of sand.
Redox potential of the sediment samples showed positive value, ranging

from +68 to +115 mV. This value showed a good sign where the positive
redox potential means adequate oxygen presents in the vicinity. Data on
more than 1,000 samples of bottom deposits indicate Eh values ranging from
+350 to -500 mV have been observed in samples of recent sediments in which
the pH ranged from 6.4 to 9.5 (www.aapg.org). Positive Eh values are
generally characteristic of bottom deposits which are well oxygenated, those
which consist of coarse sediments, or those which are poor in organic matter.
Negative Eh values are characteristic of bottom deposits rich in organic
matter and which consist largely of fine sediments. An abundance of readily
decomposable organic matter appears to promote reducing conditions. In the
presence of organic matter, bacteria and allied microorganisms create
reducing conditions. Such conditions are maintained by certain organic
compounds, ferrous iron, reduced manganese, hydrogen sulphide, and other
inorganic constituents of sediment.
TOC (Total Organic Carbon) as an indicator of the organic matter content of a

system and the presence of food for benthic organisms ranged from 27.45 to
36.50%. No criteria is found in literature for optimal range of TOC in
sediment, as mentioned above there is a positive correlation between organic
content in the sediment and redox potential.
The metal content of sediment samples were of a similar range for each
sampling point. The highest levels of: Al, Fe, Pb, Cu, Ni, Cd, V, Co, Se and
Ag were recorded at sampling point 2; Ba, Hg, and Zn were higher at
sampling point 1B and Mn was highest at sampling point 4 (Appendix 3).
Currently, Indonesia does not have standard for sediment quality, the
analytical result is compared to OSPAR background concentration to have
information on sediment quality of the studied area.
Of the metals on the OSPAR BC list (Hg, Cd, Cr, Pb, As, Zn, Ni and Cu),
concentration of Hg at all sampling points was higher than OSPAR BC and
EAC limit while Ni and Cu were higher than OSPAR BC but still within the

EIA DRILLING
3-20
OSPAR EAC limit. The concentration of Cr, Zn, and As was within the
OSPAR BC and OSPAR EAC limit.
3.2.6 Marine Flora and Fauna
3.2.6.1 Plankton
Aquatic biota samples were also collected during the water column/sediment
sampling program (three sampling location, fourteen sampling station 1B-a,
1B-b, 1B-c1, 1B-c2, 1B-d, 1B-e, 2-a, 2-b, 2-c1, 2-c2, 2-d, 2-e, 4-a, 4-b) as shown in
Figure 3-8.
Chlorophyll-a is the green pigment content that is produced by

phytoplankton and this can be used as an indication of the density of the
phytoplankton in the water. Analysis results (Appendix 2) confirmed that in
all samples, Chlorophyll-a was found to be between 0.21 (station #4-b) to
2.08mg/l (station #1B-c2). In general, the sampled sea water possessed a rich
plankton biomass but there was no indication of plankton blooms.
The analytical results (Appendix 2) showed maximum concentrations of

plankton at station #1B-a where 19,594 individuals/litre were recorded. In
stations #1B-d, #1B-e, #2-c1, #2-c2 and #2-d five classes of plankton
consisting of twenty seven species were found; phytoplankton
(Bacillariophyceae and Chromonadea) and zooplankton (Annelida, Cilliata
and Crustacea). Most of water samples originated from deep water (1,600 to
1,800 m). In such depths the low availability of light intensity prevents
abundance of phytoplankton. The most is Bacillariophyceae. The low
recorded level of BOD5 is also a factor affecting the amount of plankton.
Using the classification of biodiversity indices documented in Odum (1971)

low, intermediate and high biodiversity are indicated by Shannon indices of
<2.3, between 2.3 and 6.9 and >6.9. According to these criteria, five out of the
eight sampling station sampled fall in the low biodiversity category. Only
three out of eight sites fall into the intermediate biodiversity category. Six out
of the entire fourteen sites did not indicate presence of identified species. As
such, biodiversity diversity in the sampled sites is relatively low overall.
Given the results of the biomass analysis, this suggests the dominance of a
particular species.
3.2.6.2 Benthic Communities
Benthic analysis results of the sediment samples showed 30,698

individuals/m2 at sampling location 1B, 2,674 at sampling location 4 and no
individuals in location 2. Two classes were found; namely Bivalvia (Corbula,
Arctica, Bivalvia, Ensis, Cuspidaria and Thyassira) and Annelida (Polychaeta).

EIA DRILLING
3-21
All sampling locations displayed a low biodiversity based on Shannon
indices (Odum, 1971) that was below 2.3 (1.15 at location 1B; 0 at location 2
and 1.06 at location 4).
3.2.7 Fish
3.2.7.1 Eel (Anguilla sp)
Based on research conducted by LIPI (Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan

Indonesia/The Indonesian Institute of Sciences) from the research ship
Baruna Jaya VII in 2001, the Makassar Strait hosts important spawning areas
for eels. Eels spawning area near the Karama Block are more abundant in the
southern part than that in the north as showed in Figure 3-9.
Small eels have a spawning season around April-May, while the larger spawn
before April. Makasar Straits is a known spawning area for eels, but the most
significant spawning areas are in Tomini Bay out of the Karama Block area.
The eels spawning in the sea areas in the gulf then return to fresh water
around the Tomini Bay. The distribution of larval eels (leptochepalus)
correlates with the distribution of adult eels which inhabit freshwater
habitats.
3.2.7.2 Nener (milkfish larvae)
The coastal waters around West Sulawesi province (Sulawesi Barat) and
especially around Majene are spawning areas for nener (milkfish larval).
Milkfish larval abundance is estimated at 2 million larval per 2 km long beach
during the fishing season in March-April and August to January (Directorate
General of Fisheries 2007).
3.2.8 Marine Mammals
The oceanic conditions of the ALKI (Alur Laut Kepulauan

Indonesia/Indonesian Through Flow) through the Sulawesi and Makassar
Strait carried larvae and plankton from the Pacific to the Indian Ocean and is
likely to represent a migratory pathway for whales and dolphin species (Kreb
and Budiono, 2005). Studies along East Kalimantan marine water have found
an abundance of cetaceans and whilst data for the Makassar Strait and West
Sulawesi is limited it may be expected that cetaceans, especially dolphin
species may be encountered in the offshore waters of the Karama Block and
around adjacent islands. Offshore, such species may include the bottlenose
dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris), dwarf
spinner dolphin (Stenella l. roseiventris) and Indo-Pacific bottlenose dolphin
(Tursiops aduncus). Nearshore and around islands, this may include
Irrawaddy dolphin, false killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens) and finless
porpoise (Neophocaena phocaenoides).

EIA DRILLING
3-22
Figure 3-9 Eel Spawning Area

EIA DRILLING
3-23
3.2.9 Turtles
In Indonesia there are 6 species of sea turtles, green turtle (Chelonia mydas),
hawksbill turtle (Eretmochelys imbricata), leatherback turtle (Dermochelys
coriacea) olive ridley turtle (Lepidchelys olivacea), loggerhead turtle (Caretta
caretta) and flatback turtle (Natator depressa). All six sea turtle species existing
in Indonesia has been reserved No. 5 of 1990 concerning the Conservation of
Natural Resources and Ecosystem with Government Regulation No.
implementing regulations No. 7 of 1999 concerning The Preservation of
Plants and Animals.
A number of turtle species occur in the area of West Sulawesi and Makassar
Strait; the Leatherback (Dermochelys coriacea), Green (Chelonia mydas) and
Hawksbill turtle (Eretmochelys imbricate). All species of sea turtles are
endangered by the IUCN status. Turtle nesting sites are generally along the
fine sandy beaches, there are no reports of sea turtle nesting along the coast of
Mamuju. Turtle nesting season has a different time between places with one
another. In Indonesia turtle nesting season lasts all year round with peak
season vary by region. Turtle nesting season on the island of Sulawesi is
generally in the month of December to April.
Nesting beaches are outside of the area of the Karama Block and known
migration rotes suggest that the turtles concentrate along the coast of East
Kalimantan and South Sulawesi for nesting sites in the south and in the
waters in the North Makassar basin, north of Kalimantan and Sulawesi
(Figure 3-10). However, due to the location of the East Kalimantan breeding
sites these turtle species may be encountered in the vicinity of the Karama
Block and in the waters between Balikpapan and the PSC area.

EIA DRILLING
3-24
Figure 3-10 Sea Turtle Map

EIA DRILLING
3-25
3.2.10 Sea Birds in Open seas and Coastal areas
The shallow, muddy coast of Sulawesi Barat has extensive mangrove forest,
which are regularly flooded with brackish or saline tidal waters. The plains,
mangroves, and mud flats have the potential to support vast numbers of
shorebirds. Sixty four (64) species of shorebirds have been recorded in
Indonesia, of which a few are not regularly observed. More than 34 species of
birds visit the Sulawesi beach twice each year. They can be seen between
February to April and between September to November, on the way to and
from breeding grounds in Northeast Asia and East Asia and also because of
the winter migration. The birds fly to southwestern Australia (White 1975)
between February to April and again between September to November.
These birds are often found in the muddy soil and beach along the coastline.
September to December is the migration season from the northern

hemisphere, which includes birds from the north mainland of Asia, Europe,
and America (Table 3-2). Indonesia represents a migration route and resting
area for these birds. The migrating birds also attract predators such as hawk
and eagle species which themselves migrate from the Malaya peninsula and
Philippines.
Table 3-2 Some migratory birds in western Sulawesi (Holmes and Phillips, 1999)
No. Local Name International Name Scientific Name Status

1 Dara laut kumis Whiskered tern Chilidonias hybridus Least Concern
2 Dara laut sayap putih White winged tern Chilidonias leucapterus Least Concern
3 Burung sepatu jengger Comb crested jacana Irediparra gallinacea Least Concern
4 Cerek kernyut Pacific golden plover Pluvialis fulva Least Concern
5 Trinil pantai Common sandpiper Acitis hypoleucos Least Concern
6 Trinil semak Wood sandpiper Tringia glareola Least Concern
7 Kaki rumbai kecil Red necked phalarope Phalaropus lobatus Least Concern
West Sulawesi wetland habitats are a suitable habitat for shore birds,
including:
• Mangrove and mud flats along Mamuju beach. Mangroves have

particularly rich associated fauna of crustaceans and molluscs which are
preferred habitats for migratory as well as resident waterbirds.
• Lake and Brackish water Fishponds (tambak). The Lake and fishponds
are not known to support large numbers of shorebirds, but may do so
during the dry season, when large areas of mud are exposed.
Holmes and Phillips, 1999 have identified of sea birds in western

Sulawesi, as shown in Table 3-3.

EIA DRILLING
3-26
Table 3-3 Sea Birds in Western Sulawesi (Holmes and Phillips, 1999)
Stat
No Local Name International Name Scientific Name
us
1 Cikalang kecil Lesser frigatebird Fregata ariel LC
2 Pecuk padi belang Little pied cormorant Phalacrocorax melanoleucos LC
3 Pecuk padi hitam Little black cormorant Phalacrocorax sulcirostris LC
4 Pecuk ular asia Oriental darter Anhinga melanogaster NT
5 Angsa batu coklat Brown booby Sula leucogaster LC
6 Cangak merah Purple Heron Ardea purpurea LC
7 Cangak laut Great-billed Heron Ardea sumatrana LC
8 Kuntul kerbau Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis LC
9 Blekok sawah Javan pond heron Ardeola speciosa LC
10 Kuntul besar Great egret Casmerodius albus LC
Egreta intermedia/
11 Kuntul perak Intermediate egret LC
Mesophoyx intermedia
12 Kuntul kecil Little egret Egreta garzetta LC
13 Kuntul belang Pied heron Egreta picata/Ardea picata LC
14 Kokokan laut Striated heron Butorides striatus NT
15 Kowak malam merah Rufous night heron Nycticorax caledonicus LC
16 Bambangan merah Cinnamon bittern Ixobrychus cinnamomeus LC
17 Bambangan kuning Yellow bittern Ixobrychus sinensis LC
18 Bambangan hitam Black bittern Ixobrychus flavicollis LC
19 Bangau sandang lawe Wolly-necked stork Ciconia episcopus LC
20 Bangau bluwok Milky stork Mycteria cinerea VU
21 Ibis rokoroko Glossy ibis Plegadis falcinellus LC
22 Elang tiram Osprey Pandion haliaetus LC
23 Elang laut perut putih White bellied sea eagle Haliaeetus leucogaster LC
24 Elang paria Black kite Milvus migrans LC
25 Itik benjut Sunda teal Anas gibberirfons LC
26 Itik gunung Pacific black duck Anas superciliosa LC
27 Maleo Maleo Macrocephalon maleo EN
Esacus magnirostis/Esacus
28 Wili-wili besar Beach thick knee NT
giganteus
29 Dara laut batu Bridled Tern Sterna anaethetus LC
30 Dara laut jambul besar Great crested tern Sterna bergii LC
31 Dara laut benggala Lesser crested tern Sterna bengalensis LC
Dara laut tengkuk
32 Black napped tern Sterna sumatrana LC
hitam
33 Dara laut kecil Little tern Sterna albifrons LC
Notes:
EX Extinct EW Extinct in the Wild
CR Critically Endangered EN Endangered
VU Vulnerable NT Near Threatened
LC Least Concern DD Data Deficient
NE Not evaluated

EIA DRILLING
3-27
3.2.11 Coastal habitats
Coastal areas are the border between marine and terrestrial ecosystems. In a
coastal forests ecosystem, plants are clustered and formed specific units
according to their habitat. A unit of vegetation in a specific habitat is called
formation. Each formation is named according to the most dominant plant
species.
In the project zone of influence there are two types of forest found along the
coastal zone of Sulawesi Barat, namely coastal forest and mangrove. The
coastal zone is backed by a wide distribution of rainforest which is outside
the project area and zone of influence and so is not discussed here.
3.2.12 Mangrove Forest
The mangrove ecosystem structure found in West Sulawesi displays a

comprehensive growth of vegetation on the seedlings, saplings, and trees
overall (Figure 3-11).
Regeneration and sustainability of the mangroves is dependent on low levels

of disturbance or disruption of the ecosystem and areas of the mangrove have
species that are categorized as low at all levels of vegetation growth. These
are dominated by Bruguiera, Rhizophora apiculata and Rhizophora mucronata. In
addition to these species, Avicennia alba, Ceriops tagal, Casuarina equisetifolia,
Sonneratia caseolaris, Avicennia marina, and Lumnitzera racemosa are present.
Mangroves form an important habitat for a number of species, supporting

spawning grounds for fish and other marine species, providing feeding areas
for birds, reptiles, invertebrates and large mammals such as primates due to
the availability of nutrients and food throughout the year.
The species of birds found in mangrove forests are listed in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 Birds Found in Mangrove Forrest of Western Sulawesi
No Local Name International Name Scientific Name Status

1 Cangak merah Purple Heron Ardea purpurea LC
2 Kuntul kecil Heron Reef Egretta sacra LC
3 Kuntul kerbau Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis LC
4 Cekakak china Black-capped Kingfisher Halcyon pileata LC
5 Cekakak sungai Collared Kingfisher Todirhamphus chloris LC
6 Raja udang kalung biru Blue-banded Kingfisher Alcedo euryzona VU
7 Trinil bedaran Terek Sandpiper Tringa cinereus LC
8 Elang bondol Brahminy Kite Haliastur Indus LC
9 Blekok sawah Javan pond heron Ardeola speciosa LC
10 Kacer Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis LC
11 Kacamata laut Lemon-bellied White-eye Zosterops chloris LC

EIA DRILLING
3-28
No Local Name International Name Scientific Name Status
12 Cinenen merah Rufous-tailed Tailorbird Orthotomus sericeus LC
13 Cabai polos Plain Flowerpecker Dicaeum concolor LC
14 Bambangan coklat Schrenck's Bittern Ixobrychus eurhythmus NR
15 Cinenen kelabu Ashy Tailorbird Orthotomus ruficeps LC
White-breasted
16 Kekep Babi Artamus leucorynchus LC
Woodswallow
17 Itik benjut Sunda Teal Anas gibberifrons LC
Figure 3-11 Typical Narrow Band of Mangrove Ecosystem Found in Mamuju due
to Steep Topography at Coast of Mamuju
3.2.13 Coastal Forest
Coastal forest consists of the Pes-Caprae and the Baringtonia formation.
3.2.13.1 Pescaprae Formation
In the Pescaprae formation, the dominant plants are Ipomoea pres-caprae,

Vigna, Spinifex littoreus (grass wind), Canavalia maritime, Euphorbia atoto,
Pandanus tectorius (pandanus), Crinum asiaticum (daffodils) and Scaevola
frutescens (babakoan). The Pescaprae formation is evenly distributed around
the coast of Mamuju (Figure 3-12).

EIA DRILLING
3-29
Figure 3-12 Pescaprae Formation around Coast of Mamuju
3.2.13.2 Baringtonia Formation
The dominant vegetation in this formation is the Baringtonia tree. Other

plants characterizing the habitat include Callophylum inophylum (nyamplung),
Erythrina, Hernandia, Hibiscus tiliaceus (sea hibiscus), Terminalia cattapa
(ketapang) (Figure 3-13).
Figure 3-13 Baringtonia Formation of Mamuju
3.2.13.3 Important, Rare, Endemic or Endangered Species (Flora and Fauna) both Onshore
and Offshore
Sulawesi Island is a very specific island; therefore the discussion of flora and
fauna can not be limited to West Sulawesi but to cover the entire Sulawesi
Island. There are 165 species of endemic mammals in Indonesia, almost half
of them (46%) are found in Sulawesi. Out of 127 species of mammal found in
Sulawesi, 79 species (62%) are endemic. On mainland Sulawesi there are 233
species of birds, 84 of them are endemic to Sulawesi. This number accounts

EIA DRILLING
3-30
for more than one third of the 256 endemic bird species in Indonesia.
Sulawesi is inhabited by as many as 104 species of reptile and nearly 29 are
endemic species, which means, out of the 150 recorded endemic reptiles in
Indonesia, 20% are found on the island of Sulawesi.
West Sulawesi Province has more than 670,000 ha of protection forest

(protected forest administered by the Province) and about ten forest
concessions companies operates in the region totalling more than 430,000 ha
(including one adjacent concession in neighbouring Sulawesi Tengah).
Some endemic animals found in West Sulawesi are high land anoa, low land
anoa, deer, maleo bird, and Sulawesi black monkey. According to Sujatnika
(1995) some endemic birds exist are 'elang alap kecil' (Accipter nanus), 'maleo
senkawor' (Macrocephalon maleo), 'mandar dengkur' (Aramidopsis plateni),
'kareo Sulawesi' (Amauromis isabellina), 'pergam tutu' (Ducula forsteni),
'delimukan Sulawesi' (Gallicomba tristigmata), 'serindit paruh merah' (Loriculus
exllis), 'pungguk oker' (Ninox ochracea), 'cekakak hutan tungging hijau'
(Actenoides monachus), 'cirik-cirik pasa' (Meropogon forsteni), 'kepodang-sungu
biru' (Coracina temminckii), 'sikatan leher merah' (Ficedula rufigula), 'kacamata
perut pucat' (Zosterops consobrinorum), and 'raja perling Sulawesi' (Basilornis
celebensis).
3.2.13.4 Conservation Areas in the Project Zone of Influence
In the Government Regulation No. 26 of 2008 regarding the National Spatial

Plan in Annex VIII, there is only one area listed as Wildlife Refuge, namely
Suaka Margasatwa Mampie Lampoko (Lampoko Mampie Reservation).
Lampoko Mampie Reservation is a wildlife reserve park located on the island

of Sulawesi, with an area of nearly 2.000 ha. This reservation is located
precisely in the western part of South Sulawesi Province, in Polewali Mamasa
Regency (Figure 3-14).
The condition of the Wildlife Park consists of wetland and marshy areas
which include 300 ha of secondary forest, swamp forest and mangrove areas.
This wildlife reserve is a very important area for plants and animals
especially for Mandar Sulawesi birds or Ballidae or Celebes Rails (Aramidopsis
plateni) and Ibis hitam (Plegadis fascinelus) which are endemic, as well as being
a refuge for migratory birds.

EIA DRILLING
3-31
Figure 3-14 Location of Mampie Lampoko Reservation

EIA DRILLING
3-32
3.2.14 Social Characterization
The location of the proposed exploration drilling program is in the offshore

area and far from any settlements. However, an understanding of the social
characteristics in the area is important from a stakeholder standpoint and
includes social composition and structure, economic activity such as marine
users as well as coastal communities and uses in Karampuang Island (Figure
3-15) and along the shoreline of Mamuju Regency (Malunda, Deking,
Tapalang and Tapandulu) that may be affected by a potential accidental
scenario. Karampuang Island and Malunda, Deking, Tapalang and
Tapandulu in the Mamuju Regency are within the territory area of the
Province of West Sulawesi. Due to the lack of social data for these areas,
representative social baseline data is based on available data for the Mamuju
Regency.
A B
C D
Figure 3-15 Karampuang Island (A) and Main Activities: (B) Inhabitant/Village,
(C) Recreational Resort run by local government, and (D) Floating net
aquaculture

EIA DRILLING
3-33
3.2.14.1 Population and Settlement
From 2000 to 2007 the population of the Mamuju Regency grew by

34.02 %from 223,415 to 299,285, as shown in Table 3-5. The annual
population growth fluctuated between 2.88 to 5.87% over this period,
representing a mean growth of 4.3%. This is probably attributable to
migration.
Table 3-5 Population Development and Growth of Mamuju Regency, 2000-2007
Population Incremental Growth

Year
(person) (person) (%)
2000 223.415 - -
2001 229.852 6.437 2.88
2002 241.664 11.812 5.14
2003 249.475 7.811 3.23
2004 264.123 14.648 5.87
2005 273,076 8,953 3.39
2006 284,026 10,950 4.01
2007 299.285 15,259 5.37
Average 4.27
Source: Spatial Planning of Mamuju Regency, 2006
3.2.14.2 Population Distribution
The population of Mamuju Regency is distributed in 15 sub-districts, with

population densities dependent on economic pull factors. Population density
changes in 2007 compared to 2006 data for every sub-district were relatively
small. The population density of Mamuju Regency increased from
33.0 people/km2 in 2006 to 37.3 people/km2 in 2007 and it is categorized as
low. The three most populated sub-districts in the Mamuju Regency are
Mamuju, Simboro-Kep and Tobadak, where the population density in 2007
was 257.94, 192.97 and 185.33 people/km2, respectively, as shown in Table
3-6. No data are available for the period since 2007. Mamuju is the capital
city of West Sulawesi Province and provides greater economic opportunities
as a result.
Table 3-6 Population Distribution and Density of Mamuju Regency 2004 and 2007
Population Population Density
Sub-District Area (km2) (person) (person/ km2)
2004 2007 2004 2007
1. Tapalang 504,11 15,253 15,500 30.3 30.7
2. Tapalang Barat 127,14 7,718 9,415 60.7 74.1
3. Mamuju 160,24 35,157 41,332 219.4 257.9
4. Simboro-Kep 100,69 20,235 19,430 201.0 193.0
5. Kalukku 461,99 34,354 42,500 74.4 92.0
6. Papalang 160,43 18,056 18,453 112.5 115.0
7. Sampaga 95,94 11,914 13,054 124.2 136.1
8. Tommo 588,28 15,104 19,249 25.7 32.7

EIA DRILLING
3-34
Population Population Density
Sub-District Area (km2) (person) (person/ km2)
2004 2007 2004 2007
9. Kalumpung 1,778, 21 9,921 12,375 5.6 7.0
10. Bonehau 950,76 6,927 9,398 7.3 9.9
11. Budong-Budong 1,140,43 19,088 23,306 16.7 20.4
12. Pangale 232,52 12,464 12,522 53.6 53.9
13. Topoyo 543,88 19,910 22,166 36.6 40.8
14. Karossa 1,069,31 18,577 22,028 17.4 20.6
15. Tobadak 100,13 19,443 18,557 194.2 185.3
TOTAL 8,014,06 264,123 299,285 33.0 37.3
3.2.14.3 Gender Ratio
The gender ratio illustrates the proportion of men to women, expressed by

the number of males per 100 women. The population composition of
Mamuju Regency based on gender in comparison to the sub-districts for the
years 2006 and 2007 is shown in Table 3-7.
According to available data, the overall gender ratio of the Mamuju Regency
in 2006-2007 stabilized at 105, which means that the number of men is slightly
higher than women, with the exception the of Sampaga Sub-district where
the number of women is higher.
Table 3-7 Gender Ratio of Mamuju Regency, 2006 and 2007

2006 2007
Sub District Gender Total Gender Gender Total Gender
Male Female Population Ratio Male Female Population Ratio
Tapalang 7.374 7.362 14.736 100,16 7,882 7,618 15,500 103,47
Tapalang 3.513 3.479 6.992 100,98 4,950 4,465 9,415 110,86
Barat
Mamuju 19.060 18.791 37.851 106,88 20,538 20,794 41,332 98,77
Simboro Kep. 10.066 9.418 19.484 101,43 9,903 9,527 19,430 103,95
Kalukku 20.514 19.335 39.849 106,10 21,205 21,295 42,500 99,58
Papalang 9.921 10.128 20.049 97,96 9,454 8,999 18,453 105,06
Sampaga 6.454 6.689 13.143 96,49 6,393 6,661 13,054 95,98
Tommo 9.042 7.839 16.881 115,35 10,319 8,930 19,249 115,55
Kalumpang 6.505 6.284 12.789 103,51 6,303 6,072 12,375 103,80
Bonehau 4.934 3.822 8.756 129,09 4,970 4,428 9,398 112,24
Budong- 9.761 9.839 19.600 99,21 12,176 11,130 23,306 109,40
Budong
Pangale 6.782 5.960 12.742 113,79 6,592 5,930 12,522 111,16
Topoyo 11.065 10.692 21.757 103,49 11,428 10,738 22,166 106,43
Karossa 10.279 9.315 19.594 110,35 11,694 10,334 22,028 113,16
Tobadak 10.833 8.970 19.803 120,77 9,829 8,728 18,557 112,16
TOTAL 146.103 137.923 284.026 105,93 153,636 145,649 299,285 105,48
Source: BPS - Statistics of Mamuju Regency, 2008. Calculated
3.2.14.4 Dependency Ratio
The population composition based on age and gender for the year 2004 and
2006 is shown in Table 3-8. The Department of Domestic Affairs of the
Republic of Indonesia stated that a population is referred to as ‘young’ if the

EIA DRILLING
3-35
population in the 0–14 years old category accounts for more than 30% of the
total population. Referring to this categorization, the population structure of
the Mamuju Regency overall is categorized as relatively young (35% of the
population is less than 15 years old), which contributes to a high dependency
ratio.
Table 3-8 Population Composition Based on Age and Gender in Mamuju

Regency, 2004 and 2006
2004 2006
Age
Gender Gender
Group Total % Total %
Male Female Male Female
0–4 18.467 17.187 35.654 13.50 16,860 14,689 31,549 11.11
5–9 18.382 18.301 36.683 13.89 17,737 16,537 34,274 12.07
10 – 14 18.430 14.232 32.662 12.37 19,534 16,633 36,167 12.73
15 – 19 11.466 13.057 24.523 9.28 12,404 14,110 26,514 9.34
20 – 24 9.192 10.029 19.221 7.28 11,454 11,696 23,150 8.15
25 – 29 10.333 12.516 22.849 8.65 11,980 13,448 25,428 8.95
30 – 34 11.277 10.820 22.097 8.37 11,104 10,592 21,696 7.64
35 – 39 10.448 9.668 20.114 7.62 12,726 10,578 23,304 8.20
40 – 44 8.387 6.890 15.277 5.78 6,955 9,047 16,002 5.63
45 – 49 6.181 5.098 11.279 4.27 8,006 5,848 13,854 4.88
50 – 54 5.079 3.576 8.655 3.28 5,830 5,434 11,264 3.97
55 – 59 3.060 2.190 5.250 1.98 3,273 3,807 7,080 2.49
60 – 64 2.586 1.935 4.521 1.71 3,506 2,152 5,658 1.99
65 + 3.361 1.977 5.338 2.02 4,734 3,352 8,086 2.85
Total 136,647 127,476 264,123 100.00 146,103 137,923 284,026 100.00
Source: BPS - Statistics of Mamuju Regency, 2008. Calculated
60 – 64
50 – 54
Age Group
40 – 44
30 – 34
20 – 24 Female
Male
10 – 14
0–4
-20,000 -15,000 -10,000 -5,000 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000
Population
0–4 5–9 10 – 14 15 – 19 20 – 24 25 – 29 30 – 34 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55 – 59 60 – 64 65 +
Female -17,187 -18,301 -14,232 -13,057 -10,029 -12,516 -10,820 -9,668 -6,890 -5,098 -3,576 -2,190 -1,935 -1,977
Male 18,467 18,382 18,430 11,466 9,192 10,333 11,277 10,448 8,387 6,181 5,079 3,060 2,586 3,361

EIA DRILLING
3-36
60 – 64
Female
50 – 54 Male
Age Group
40 – 44
30 – 34
20 – 24
10 – 14
0–4
-20,000-15,000-10,000 -5,000 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000
Population ( 2006 )
0–4 5–9 10 – 14 15 – 19 20 – 24 25 – 29 30 – 34 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55 – 59 60 – 64 65 +
Female -14,689 -16,537 -16,633 -14,110 -11,696 -13,448 -10,592 -10,578 -9,047 -5,848 -5,434 -3,807 -2,152 -3,352
Male 16,860 17,737 19,534 12,404 11,454 11,980 11,104 12,726 6,955 8,006 5,830 3,273 3,506 4,734
The dependency ratio (DR) is the ratio of the population of non-working age
(under 15 years and older than 65 years) compared to the number of people
available for the workforce (15 to 64 years). The dependency ratio is
calculated using the following formula:
P0−14 + P65+
DR = × 100
P15−64
DR : Dependency Ratio
P0-14 : Population in the 0 – 14 years
P15-64 : Population in the 15 – 64 years
P65+ : Population older than 65 years
A high number means a high dependency (i.e. predominance of a non

working population). The dependency ratios for 2004 and 2006 were 71.75
and 63.28 respectively which are relatively high compared to Indonesia’s
average dependency ratio of 54 based on the 2000 census. However Mamuju
Regency ratio during 2004 to 2006 was decreased from 71.75 in 2004 to 63.28
in 2006 representing a relative increase number of the population of working
age. The population pyramid only illustrates the population age structure
and does not reflect the availability of work opportunities.
3.2.15 Custom and Religion
The religions present in the Mamuju Regency are Moslem, Christianity,

Hinduism and Buddhism; consistent with those in Indonesia in general. The
majority of people are Moslem, representing 227,228 people or 86.03%, while

EIA DRILLING
3-37
Buddhism forms the minority, with 181 people or 0.07%. The religious
composition of the community is provided in Table 3-9.
Table 3-9 Population Structure Based on Religion in Mamuju Regency

No Religion Population(Person) (%)
1 Moslem 227,228 86.03
2 Rome Catholic 3.353 1.27
3 Protestant Christian 26.193 9.92
4 Hinduism 7.168 2.71
5 Buddhism 181 0.07
Total 264,123 100.00
Source: Spatial Plan of Mamuju Regency, 2006
3.2.16 Education and Literacy
A number of educational programs designed by government have provided a

greater access to education for the local population. The literacy level for the
segment of the population aged above 15 years old in the Mamuju Regency is
85.7% (SUSENAS 2005). Over 70% of education facilities available in the
districts are Elementary Schools/Elementary Islamic Schools, totaling 375
(Table 3-10). Approximately 70% of the population has had an education to
elementary level, while only 2% of the population is in higher education
Table 3-10 Number of Schools. Teachers and Students in Mamuju in 2007

Number of Schools Σ Students Percent of
Level of Education Teachers
State Private Total State Private Total Students
Elementary School (SD) 357 1 358 2,482 53,021 33 53,054 67.3
Islamic Elementary School 1 16 17 111 122 1,077 1,199 1.5
Junior High School (SMP) 36 17 53 795 10,953 2,098 13,051 16.5
Islamic Junior High School 1 26 27 339 429 1,794 2,223 2.8
Senior High School (SMA) 11 8 19 485 3,840 712 4,552 5.8
Islamic Senior High School 1 13 14 169 314 1,063 1,377 1.7
Vocational High School 6 9 15 268 946 1,066 2,012 2.5
University ‐ 6 6 734 ‐ 1,382 1,382 1.8
Total 78,850 100.0
Source: BPS Mamuju Regency 2008
At present, 13 colleges are available in West Sulawesi, comprising two

universities and 11 academies/colleges. The two universities are West
Sulawesi University located in Majene and Al Syariah University in Polewali
Mandar. The West Sulawesi University (Unisbar) was established in 2007
and started enrolling students in July of 2008. Unisbar, which secured
approval from the education minister in November 2007, is managed by
Yayasan Pendidikan Indonesia Sulawesi Barat/West Sulawesi Indonesian
Education Foundation (Yapisba). The college’s locations are concentrated in
three areas; six are in the capital city of Mamuju, four in Majene and one in
Polewali Mandar (Table 3-11).

EIA DRILLING
3-38
Table 3-11 Universities and Academies in West Sulawesi Province
Mamuju District Majene District Polewali Mandar District
1 Fatima Nursing Academy University of West Sulawesi Al Syariah University
2 Tomakaka College of Information Bina Sehat Nusantara Bina Generasi College of
and Computer Management Midwife Health
Academy Studies
3 Muhammadiyah College of Majene College of Health
Economics Studies
4 Tanratupattanabali College of Yapman Majene College of
Agriculture Economics
5 Tanratupattanabali College of Marendeng Majene College
Social and Political Sciences of Health Studies
6 Darud Da’wah Wal Irsyad
College of Teaching and
Education Studies
Source: BPS Mamuju Regency 2008
The declining number of people going to higher education has been

translated into an indicator for Participation in Education. Figure 3-16
illustrates, as level of education increased community participation level
decreased. This is largely attributable to the cost to attend higher level of
education. The ever increasing expense of attending junior and senior high
school diminishes the access of the poor to education.
Source: Regional Action Plan of PPDT for West Sulawesi, 2007

Notes:
1) SD/MI = Elementary School/Elementary Islamic School
2) SMP/MTS = Junior High School / Islamic Junior High School

3) SMA/MA = Senior High School / Islamic Senior High School
Figure 3-16 Participation of the education level

EIA DRILLING
3-39
3.2.17 Public and Private Infrastructure
Basic community infrastructure includes transportation systems (roads,

airport, and seaport), telecommunication, market facilities, banking,
warehousing, fuel supply, electricity and clean water.
3.2.17.1 Transportation and Traffic
Transportation infrastructure (land, sea and air) in West Sulawesi is adequate

and supports intra-province flows of people and goods, input-output of
agricultural products, plantation and access to maritime activities (Table 3-12
and Table 3-13). However, the transportation infrastructure is basic and
needs to be improved to be able to support industries such as mining (as
among others coal and gold) and oil gas industries, West Sulawesi (Country
and Regional Profile Report, 2008).
Table 3-12 Transportation Facilities in West Sulawesi Province

Types of Transportation
No. Description
Facility
1. Land • Trans Sulawesi Roads
• Main Provincial Road connecting regencies in
West Sulawesi
• Regency bridges connecting sub‐districts in West
Sulawesi
2 Sea • Ferry Port in Simboro Mamuju
• Sea Port in Belang-Belang Bakengkeng Mamuju
• Fish Port in Manakara Mamuju
• Silopo Port in Polewali Mandar
• Palippi Port in Majene
• Pasang Kayu Port in Mamuju Utara
• Specialized Port of CPO (Crude Palm Oil)
3. Air • Tampa Padang Airport in Kalukku
• Accommodates turbo propeller aircraft, 4 times a
week, route Mamuju - Makassar
Source: West Sulawesi PPDT Regional Action Plans, 2008-2009.
The following subsections provide further detail on transportation

infrastructure and traffic levels
Road Transportation
In 2007, the road coverage in the Mamuju Regency is 1,697.3 km, of this
approximately 221.50 km of road was under the State authority, 154 km
under province authority and 1,321.80 km under the regency authority. The
majority of roads are gravel surfaced, with a small proportion with asphalt.
The categorization road by type of surface and authority of control is shown
on Table 3-13.
The condition of the road infrastructure is poor overall. Of the total road
coverage in the Mamuju Regency reported only 50 % is in good condition,
while 20 % is moderate, 25 % damaged and 5 % badly damaged (Table 3-14).

EIA DRILLING
3-40
Table 3-13 Road Length by Government Responsibility per Type of Surface in
Mamuju Regency, 2007 (in Km)
Class of Road
Type of Surface Road
State Province Regency
Asphalted 221.50 60.00 196.00
Gravel - 94.00 703.10
Land - - 422.70
TOTAL 221.50 154.00 1,321.80
Source: - Public Works Agency Office. Mamuju Regency
Table 3-14 Road Condition by Government Responsibility per Conditions in

Mamuju Regency. 2007 (in Km)
Road Conditions State Province Regency

Good 206.50 60.00 538.37
Moderate 15.00 94.00 209.61
Damaged - - 474.66
Badly Damaged - - 99.16
TOTAL 221.5 154.00 1,321.80
Source: - Public Works Agency Office. Mamuju Regency
Sea Transportation
Main shipping routes, all national level, are shown in Figure 3-17. No
international shipping are routing this area. In 2007, passenger traffic in the
Mamuju Regency consisted of 66,315 people with roughly equal numbers of
people embarking and disembarking vessels.
Port facilities and cargo handling capacity in West Sulawesi is limited and
include the Rakyat Palipi anchorage in Majene, Fery Simbono anchorage and
Belang-belang port in Mamuju. To support the fishing industry in West
Sulawesi, the government built three ports: Port Lantora, Polewali Mandar;
Port Banggae, Majene District and Port Landing Kasiwa, all are located in
Mamuju District. The Port Landing Kasiwa in Mamuju serves as the main
port (Pangkalan Pendaratan Ikan) supporting the fisheries product/fishing
catch industry.
Several harbors are situated in the islands around the West Sulawesi
Province, connecting these areas to Sulawesi, Borneo, and Java etc. The Ferry
Simboro anchorage in Mamuju services a route to Balikpapan (Borneo),
Rakyat Palippi anchorage in Majene, and Belang-Belang in Mamuju.
The volume of loaded and unloaded goods at the main harbors at Belang-
belang at Mamuju in 2007 was 304,776 tons, consisting of 267,614 tons loaded
goods and 37,162 tons unloaded. No data are available for the other ports.

EIA DRILLING
3-41
Figure 3-17 Transportation lines

EIA DRILLING
3-42
Air Transportation
In 2007, passengers from the Tampa Padang Airport were about 5,878 people,
where the number of departed passenger is 3,061 people, and the number of
arrived passenger is 2,817 people. The volume of unloaded baggage goods at
the Tampa Padang Airport in 2007 was about 15,271 kg; meanwhile the
volume of up loaded goods was 14,549 kg.
3.2.17.2 Telecommunication
The number of Telephone Lines Based on Customers Categories in Mamuju

Regency is presented in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15 Number of Telephone Lines Based on Customers Categories in

Mamuju Regency
Year
Customer’s Category (%)
2002 2003 2004
Residence 1,284 1,282 1,371 83.80
Hotel/Motel 15 15 15 0.92
Shopping Centre 79 81 84 5.13
Government & Private Company 102 105 110 6.72
Social Purposes - - - 0.00
Public Telephone 61 56 56 3.43
TOTAL 1,541 1,539 1,636 100.00
Source : Monography of Mamuju Regency, 2006
3.2.17.3 Commercial Infrastructure
The commercial infrastructure in the Mamuju Regency region is basic and

includes markets, shops, restaurants, hotels/motels and post offices (Table
3-16).
Table 3-16 Number of Facilities of Trading and Services in Mamuju Regency

Number of Facility
No Facility (%)
(Unit)
1 Market 54 30.67
2 Shop 2 1.14
3 Restaurant (Small) 84 47.73
4 Hotel/Motel 30 17.05
5 Pos Office 6 3.41
Total 176 100.00
Source : Spatial Planning of Mamuju Regency. 2007

EIA DRILLING
3-43
3.2.18 Socio-Economics and Livelihood
3.2.18.1 Labor conditions
In the Mamuju Regency, the majority of the population is working in the

agricultural sector, followed by the trade sector (Table 3-17). The majority of
this labour is unskilled with only 29.7 % having an education to elementary
level (Figure 3-18). Minimum wages for all industries as a mean value is
provided in Table 3-18.
Table 3-17 Population Structure Based on Employment in Mamuju Regency
No Main Occupacion Number of (%)

Person
1 Agricultural 79,712 76.58
2 Mining & Quarrying Industry, 2,555 1.90
Manufacturing, Electricity, Gas and Water,
and Construction
3 Trade, Transportation & Telecommunication. 13,429 21.52
Finance and Services
TOTAL 95,696 100.00
Source: Monography of Mamuju Regency. 2006
Source: Mamuju Regency in Figures 2008
Figure 3-18 Working Population based on Education Level in Mamuju Regency in

2007

EIA DRILLING
3-44
Table 3-18 Minimum Wages in West Sulawesi Province, 2005 - 2009
Year Per Day (IDR) Per Month (IDR)
2005 20,400 510,000
2006 24,480 612,000
2007 26,800 670,000
2008 30,420 760,500
2009 36,376 909,400
Source : West Sulawesi in Figure 2007
Based on the Country and Regional Report extracted from West Sulawesi
Province in Figure 2007, the project location is surrounded by artisanal
fisheries consist of fishing capture activity and marine culture activity (see
page 3-55). The fishing activities are important as source of foods and as an
economically viable income. Most of the community depend their life on
fishing activity as fishermen, or fish collector. Agriculture (including fishery)
contributed the highest number of the workforce, about 55.91 percent,
followed by trade and services at 34.83 percent and industry or
manufacturing at 11.36 percent1.
3.2.18.2 Land use and Occupation
Commercial land uses in the Mamuju Regency includes paddy fields,

plantations, pasture and other farming. The status of land use categories for
the Mamuju Regency in 2006 is shown in Table 3-20.
Table 3-19 Land Used of Mamuju Regency, 2006

Area
No Land Use (%)
(Ha)
1 Settlements/Kampung 3,818,754 0.48
2 Paddy Fields 17,486,858 2.18
3 Moor 18,148,273 2.26
4 Cultivated Fields 96,403,680 12.03
5 Plantation 42,937,524 5.36
6 Pasture 26,298,094 3.28
7 Dense Forest 516,262,799 64.42
8 Forest Type 56,019,915 6.99
9 Shrub 2,168,620 0.27
10 Fresh Water Ponds 6,132,530 0.77
11 River 5,484,851 0.68
12 Swamp 221,118 0.03
13 Barren Land 443,129 0.06
14 Areas for Other Uses 9,579,855 1.19
TOTAL 801,406,000 100.00
Source: Spatial Planning of Mamuju Regency,
(1) 1Country and Regional Country Report exact from West Sulawesi Province in Figure 2007

EIA DRILLING
3-45
As shown in the above table, the predominant form of land cover is dense
forest (64.42%) followed by cultivated fields or farming (12.03%). Based on
forest maps, 34.7% of the forest coverage is designated as protection forests.
Production forests account for 7.8% of the total forest area, convertible
production forest 6.2 %, and limited production forest 31.5%, with 19% for
other uses (Table 3-20). The majority of the protection forests are located in
the eastern part of the regency far from the area of influence of the project.
Table 3-20 Spatial Distribution of Forest Function in Mamuju Regency, 2006

Type of Forest Area ( Ha ) Percent
Protection Forest 257.543 34.7
Production Forest 57,781 7.8
Conversion Production 46,452 6.2
Limited Production 234,182 31.5
Lake/Water 3,685 0.5
Areas for Other Uses 143,389 19.3
TOTAL 743,032 100.0
Source: Country and Regional Profile Report, 2008 page III-10
3.2.18.3 Fishing
Species targeted
Fish species targeted in the area include pelagic, demersal and coral fish
species. These fish are either sold fresh or processed. The economically
important species are Skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis), Eastern little tuna
(Euthunnus affinis), big eye tuna (Thunus obesus), albacore (Thunnus alalungga),
yellow fine tuna (Thunnus albaceres), Cob (Auxis thazard), lacepede
(Scromberamorus commerson), Baramundi (Lates calcalifer), and groupers such
as honey comb groupers (Plectropoma leopardus), rabbit fish (Siganus gutatus),
and red snappers (Lutjanus frontalis), banded grunts (Therapon theraps), rabbit
fish (Siganus gutatus), grouper (Epinephelus tauvina), yellowtails (Caesio
Erythrogaster), (Stolephorus spp). Other catches include sardinella (Clupea spp)
and mackerel (Rastrelliger spp), Lola (Trochus spp), lobsters (Panulirus spp), sea
cucumbers, and other types of molluscs.
Based on data from Department of Fisheries and Marine of Mamuju in 2006,

the economically important species are shown in Table 3-21.
Table 3-21 Local and Scientific Names and Value of Mainly Fish Caught in 2006
Local/Common Production Total Value

No English term Scientific name
name (ton) (x Rp 1,000)
A. Type of Fish
1 Keraphu Grouper Epinephus sp 40 1,080,000
2 Cucut Shark Sphyma 25 315,000
Decapterus
3 Layang Sardine 970 3,395,000
russelli
4 Teri Anchovy Stolephorus sp. 38 114,000
5 Tembang Sardine Sardinella 72 180,000

EIA DRILLING
3-46
Local/Common Production Total Value
No English term Scientific name
name (ton) (x Rp 1,000)
fimbriata
Scromberomorus
6 Tenggiri papan Mackerel sp 58 580,000
gutatus
Scorombemous
7 Tenggiri Mackerel 36 288,000
commersonii
8 Tongkol Tuna Auxis thazard 1,935 5,805,000
Upeneus
9 Biji Nangka Goatfish 63 315,000
sulphurues
Lutjanus
10 Bambangan Snapper 59 531,000
sanguineus
11 Tuna Tuna Thunnus spp 1,398 15,378,000
Katsuwonus
12 Cakalang Skipjack 1,376 4,128,000
pelamis
B. Other Sea Products
13 Kepiting Crab Scyla sp 4 40,000
14 Lobster Lobster Panulius sp 8 280,000
15 Kerang darah Shells Anadara granosa 5 15,000
16 Cumi-cumi Squid Loligo sp 6 90,000
17 Sotong Cuttlefish Sephia sp. 5 50,000
18 Teripang Sea cucumber Holothuria sp. 31 465,000
19 Rajungan Crab Potunus pelagicus 3 524,000
Sources: Department of Fishery and Marine, 2006
Fishing Activities at West Sulawesi
Sulawesi Barat has shoreline approximately 677 km in length from North to

South. There are 31 named islands and a sea area of approximately
20,342 km2. Fishing effort in the area consists of commercial and artisanal
fishing activity.
In 2007, the total tonnage of fish caught in West Sulawesi reached about
66,448.7 tons, an increase of 29.6 % compared to that of 2006. Most
production was dominated by small scale fisheries, as presented in Table 3-
23.
Table 3-22 Number of Production in West Sulawesi
Year (in ton)

No Item %
2006 2007
1 Production 46,725.1 66,448.7 29.6
Sources: Marine and Fisheries Regencies Office, 2008

EIA DRILLING
3-47
The fish capture production by regency is as follows:
Table 3-23 Commodity of high economic value in 2006 and 2007
Year (in ton)

2006 2007
North Mamuju
North Mamuju
Polewali Utara
Polewali Utara
No Type of fish
Mamuju
Mamuju
Majene
Majene
1 Tuna 2,145 10.5 782 3,126 13,869 356 1,135 3,129
2 Skipjack 2,911 4.0 694 3,161 2,978 381 754 3,161
3 Tuna sp 3,314 - 790 3,374 3,497 300 923 3,374
4 Mackerel 3,0 3.0 51 124 21 55 55 124
5 Grouper 78,0 - 43 55 139 - 56 55
6 Snapper 101 8.9 224 223 84 21 133 223
7 Sea Cucumber - - 7.6 2.1 103 - 11 2,1
Total 8.552 26.4 2,591 10,067 20,693 1,114 3,068 10,069
Sources: Marine and Fisheries Regencies Officer, 2008
Fishing effort in West Sulawesi is dominated by small boats which of < 5

tonnes, many without engine or with small outboard motors (Table 3-26).
Fishing vessels may originate from Sulawesi or outside, e.g. Bala Balakang, is
the one fishing ground that brings fishermen from outside Sulawesi e.g
Pekalongan and Indramayu – Central Java. The location of fishing areas is
shows in Figure 3-19 while numbers of fishing vessels are shown in Table
3-24.
Table 3-24 Numbers of fishing vessel by regencies in 2006 and 2007 (unit)
Year (in ton)

2006 2007
North Mamuju
North Mamuju
Polewali Utara
Polewali Utara
No Categories
Mamuju
Mamuju
Majene
Majene
1 Non-powered motores 1,450 - 1,472 573 1,450 - 1,472 593

2 Out-boards motors 621 1,191 830 733 621 1,191 830 789
3 Boats motors
4 < 5 Gross tonnage (GT) 521 288 702 398 521 288 702 351
5 5 – 10 Gross tonnage (GT) 52 - 236 81 52 - 236 82
Total 2,644 1,479 3,240 1,785 2,644 1,479 3,240 1,815

EIA DRILLING
3-48
Fishing methods
There are various types of fishing activity in this area which are Purse Seine,
Hooks and lines, stake trap, bamboo fish pond, lift Net, spearing gear,
dredges and Lola (Trochus spp) fishing boat. The number of known fishing
units in West Sulawesi is provided in Table 3-25.
Table 3-25 Numbers and type of fishing gears in West Sulawesi (unit)
No Name of fishing gears Total (unit)
1 Mini purse seine 522
2 Beach seine 269
3 Drift gill net 2,778
4 Encicling gill net 319
5 Set Gill net 598
6 Boat lift sets 72
7 Fish trap with lamp 58
8 Fish trap 72
9 Drift line 58
10 Troil line 27
11 Hand line 2,406
12 Hook 2,457
13 Set Rip Line 1,871
14 Other Pole and Line 777
15 Other Pole and line 1,270
16 Fish pots 66
17 Shell Fish Collection 104
18 Sea Cucumber Collection 62
19 Fish Plummet 3

EIA DRILLING
3-49
Figure 3-19 Potential fishing areas

EIA DRILLING
3-50
A summary of fishing activity by gear type for the Mamuju District is shown
in Table 3-27. Fishermen indicated that they fished throughout the year.
However, different types of fishing are used at different times of the year e.g.
June to October is the season for Purse Seine, and December to January is the
season for stake trap. On average, fishing activity occurs on 10 to 20 days per
month.
Some fishers also practice the use of ‘rumpon’ or Fish Aggregation Devices
(FAD) set at the fishing grounds to catch the fish. Based on seismic data in
2008, approximately 81 rumpon were identified in the Karama Block and its
vicinity (Figure 3-20 and Table 3-26). Most of the rumpon are owned by
fishermen originally from Mamuju, Kaluku, Pasang Kayu, and Baras.
Rumpon in Karama Block and its vicinity are located whithin 6 to 40 miles
from shoreline. The main aqua culture were identified as extending
approximately 2-10 meter from the shore lines and distributed 3-8 meters
depth.
Table 3-26 Category and Numbers of FAD in Karama Block, 2008
No FAD Category Numbers

1 Inside Karama Block 35
2 Outside Karama Block 46
Total 81
Sources: Environmental Management and Monitoring Effort Document – Offshore 3D Seismic Survey in
Kuma and Karama Blocks, Makasar Strait, 2008

EIA DRILLING
3-51
Table 3-27 Summary of Fishing Activities in Mamuju District
Type of Fishing Gear (Activity)

Grappling
Parameter Traps Failing gear and wounding *Lola (Trochus
Surrounding nets Hooks and Seine nets (stake Dredges
(bamboo fish (Lift Net) gears spp) fishing
(Purse Seine) lines trap)
pond) (Spearing boat)
gear)
Approximate number Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined Not defined
of fishermen
Fishing time One day fishing One day 2 to 3 days One day 3 month
(carried out at fishing fishing
night)
Fishing frequency 22 20 4 trip/week 10 20 10 /month 15
(trip/month)
characterization of ( 12 x 2.5 x 1.5 ) - Small boat (15 x 1.5 x 1.5)
vessels (dimension of (Katinting) m
the boat in meters)
Number of personnel 14 - 2 4-7
per boat
Species captured Skipjack tuna Groupers banded grunts groupers anchovies groupers groupers Lola (Trochus
(Katsuwonus (Epinephelus (Therapon (Epinephelus (Stolephorus (Epinephelus (Epinephelus spp), lobsters
pelamis) and tauvina), theraps), rabbit tauvina), spp), Beside tauvina), tauvina), (Panulirus
Eastern little tuna honey comb fish (Siganus honey comb anchovies, honey comb rabbit fish spp), sea
(Euthunnus affinis) groupers gutatus), groupers other catches groupers (Siganus cucumbers,
(Plectropoma groupers (Plectropoma include (Plectropoma gutatus), and and
leopardus), (Epinephelus leopardus), sardinella leopardus, other coral other types of
rabbit fish tauvina), squid rabbit fish (Clupea spp) rabbit fish reef fish mollusks
(Siganus (Illex (Siganus and (Siganus
gutatus), and argentinus) and gutatus), red mackerel gutatus), and
red others snappers (Rastrelliger red snappers
snappers (Lutjanus spp) (Lutjanus
(Lutjanus frontalis), and frontalis)
frontalis) yellowtails
(Caesio
Erythrogaster)
Estimate of catches 300 -2,000 1-4 fish 1-4 or 1-10 25-50 2-3 quintals
(kg) bundles

EIA DRILLING
3-52
Type of Fishing Gear (Activity)
Grappling
Parameter Traps Failing gear and wounding *Lola (Trochus
Surrounding nets Hooks and Seine nets (stake Dredges
(bamboo fish (Lift Net) gears spp) fishing
(Purse Seine) lines trap)
pond) (Spearing boat)
gear)
Catches value 3,000 200,000 30,000 – 80,000 10,000 50,000
(Rp/kg) or
15,000/bundles
Operational cost 400,000 60,000 – 80,000
(Rp./trip)
Fishing Season (peak June to October - December to
season) January
Main fishing areas The rumpon 1-2 miles (10 – 2 to 4 meter 4 to 60 meters 100 – 1,000 2-10 meters 3 to 8 meters Kalimantan sea
‘Fishery 40 depth) depth depth (0.5 to 1 meter from depth depth waters
Aggregating hours) shoreline (40 (panjang
Device (FAD)’ meters) Islands and
location (6-40 Laut Tanjung),
miles from shore) Karampuang
Island
Fishing Port /market Port Lantora - Dried and Sold and
sale (polewali send it to personal
Mandar), Port Food factories. consumption
Banggae (Majene), Belang-belang
Port Landing port
Kasiwa (Mamuju)
Local market, inter

regional market in
Balikpapan
Sources: Regional Country Report, 2008

EIA DRILLING
3-53
Figure 3-20 Rumpon location

EIA DRILLING
3-54
3.2.18.4 Marine Aquaculture
The potential area for marine aquaculture in West Sulawesi is about

150,125 ha spreading into 4 coastal regencies located along Makasar strait,
comprising Mamuju, Majene, Polewali Mandar and North Mamuju. The
potential area for seaweed aquaculture is about 20,300 ha. Up to 2008, about
755 ha have been exploited; however, fisheries using floating net cover an
area of about 38,600 ha. There are around 19,159 ha still remaining as
potential area for marine aquaculture. Data of brackish water pond are not
available.
Seaweed cultivation occurs in the Mamuju Regency. The seaweed species

cultivated in this area is Euchema cononii . The potential area of seaweed in
Mamuju Regency is about 1,595 ha. The number of fishery households is
about 365, with total production reaching 750 ton/year.
The main centers of seaweed cultivation are located in Mamuju, Tadui,

Bamboo, and Karampuang villages (Mamuju and Babanga, Siyonyoi, and
Belang-Belang villages (Kaluku District) (Table 3-28).
Table 3-28 Potential areas of seaweed, production and numbers of households

Seaweed
Potential Production Fisheries
No District operation
Area (ha) (tonnes) Household
units
1 Mamuju 685 150 225 113
2 Kaluku 300 200 300 150
3 Papalang 50 50 75 37
Sources: Department of Fisheries and Marine, 2008
Seaweed cultivation takes place at a distance of 100 m from the shore and a
water depth of 1-3 m. Seedlings clusters approximately 60 grams in weight
are tied by a rope at the location and placed in 25 cm intervals. The area of
seaweed cultivation in relation to the Karama Block is presented in Figure 3-
21.

EIA DRILLING
3-55
Figure 3-21 Seaweed cultivation area

EIA DRILLING
3-56
3.2.18.5 Tourist activities
Maritime tourism in West Sulawesi is focused on five popular beaches:

Karampuang, Bakengkeng white sand, Datok Pangale, Gusung Toraja Island,
Palipis and Labuang beaches. Two of these five beaches, Karampuang and
Bakengkeng are located in the Mamuju Regency in the West Sulawesi
Province. Tourist activities include diving and boat tours and sailing in
traditional outriggers of various sizes; namely ‘Sandeq’ the biggest, ‘soppe-
soppe’ the medium and ‘lepa-lepa’ the smallest. The main dive sites are
outwith the Karama Block.
3.2.19 Health
3.2.19.1 Life Expectancy and General Health Conditions
Life expectancy (LE) in the region varies among provinces. Over the period
2000 to 2005 the lowest was in Nusa Tenggara Barat with 60.9 years and the
highest was in Yogyakarta with 73.0 years. Life Expectancy in Sulawesi Barat
was not reported, but can be predicted using the Sulawesi Selatan Province
LE, which is 66.3 years and projected to be 70.9 years in 2010 – 2015.
3.2.19.2 Health Trends
The data of Mamuju Regency for the years 2005 - 2007 are provided in Table
3-29. The accuracy of health data is dependent upon a number of factors, not
least the availability of medical facilities/resources, reporting and accuracy of
medical diagnosis. However, such data can provide an indication of the main
issues in the community. The occurrence of diarrhea including dysentery and
suspected cholera are noteworthy because of their epidemic nature and link
to poor sanitation conditions.
Similarly, infant mortality rates (IMR) are commonly included as a part of

standard of living evaluations as an indicator of level of health or development,
and as a component of the physical quality of life index. The standard
definition of IMR is the number of deaths that occur in the first year of life for
1000 live births. Table 3-30 provides live birth data but this is only available
for births at hospitals and health centers in the region and does not include
data for infants under 1 year old. The IMR of 19 per 1000 live births is
calculated from the data for 2007. Indonesia has an IMR of 26.6 (UN, 2006).

EIA DRILLING
3-57
Table 3-29 Number of Patient and Death by Kind of Disease In Mamuju Regency,
2005-2007
2005 2006 2007
Disease
Patient Death Patient Death Patient Death
Dengue 6 2 2 - 2 -
Cholera - - - - - -
Diarrhea 3 595 6 1 560 3 14 963 4
Thypus 80 - 998 - 2 398 -
Rabies 24 - - - 90 -
Tuberculosis (TB C) 246 - 260 - 87 20
Tetanus - - - - - -
Leprosy 37 - 40 - 34
Feverish 307 - 198 - - -
Diphtheria - - - - - -
Venereal 17 - 227 - 32 -
Meningitis - - - - - -
Encephalitis - - - - - -
Source: Health Service of Mamuju Regency
Table 3-30 Number of live births per District in Mamuju Regency, 2005-2007
2005 2006 2007
Sub-District Life Life
Died Died Life Birth Died
Birth Birth
Tapalang 350 - 207 2 (0.97) 145 4 (2.76)
Tapalang Barat 90 - 82 1 (1.22) 151 7 (4.64)
Mamuju 339 3 (0.88) 747 11 (1.47) 751 10 (1.33)
Simboro Kep 382 - 367 8 (2.18) 408 5 (1.23)
Kalukku 290 - 569 - 653 1 (0.15)
Papalang 201 - 274 4 (1.46) 316 12 (3.80)
Sampaga 411 3 (0.73) 217 1 (0.46) 203 6 (2.96)
Tommo 140 3 (2.14) 220 1 (0.45) 281 3 (1.07)
Kalumpang 109 - 138 2 (1.45) 226 6 (2.65)
Bonehau 168 1 (0.60) 99 3 (3.03) 140 2 (1.43)
Budong-Budong 171 - 301 5 (1.66) 276 8 (2.90)
Pangale 277 3 (1.08) 164 1 (0.61) 142 3 (2.11)
Topoyo 165 - 234 4 (1.71) 230 5 (2.17)
Karossa 154 - 134 5 (3.73) 302 10 (3.31)
Tobadak 182 1 (0.55) 330 5 (1.52) 306 7 (2.29)
TOTAL 3,429 14 (0.41) 4,083 53 (1.30) 4,530 89 (1.96)
3.2.19.3 Health Facilities
The 2007 data indicate that health facilities in Mamuju Regency have
improved since 2005. The health facilities in the sub-districts area consist of
government funded village health centers and a new district health center.
According to data from the Health Service of Mamuju Regency, the number

EIA DRILLING
3-58
of health facilities and staff in the villages are tabulated in (Table 3-31 and
Table 3-32):
Table 3-31 Number of Health Facilities per District in Mamuju Regency, 2007
Public
Public Private Village
General Hospital Health Medical Pharmacy
Sub-District Health Medical Medical
Sub Clinic Storage
Center Doctor Unit
State Private Center
Tapalang - - 1 3 - - 2 3
Tapalang Barat - - 1 4 - - - 2
Mamuju 1 - 2 5 - 1 17 5
Simboro Kep - - 3 6 - - - 3
Kalukku - - 2 8 - - 3 2
Papalang - - 1 5 - - 1 2
Sampaga - - 1 5 - - 1 2
Tommo - - 2 7 - - 2 4
Kalumpang - - 1 5 - - 2 4
Bonehau - - 2 7 - - 1 5
Budong-Budong - - 1 9 - - 3 4
Pangale - - 2 6 - - - 3
Topoyo - - 1 12 - 1 2 3
Karossa - - 2 10 - - 2 6
Tobadak - - 1 7 - - 6 2
TOTAL - 2007 1 - 23 99 - 1 42 50
- 2006 1 - 18 91 - 29 1 -
- 2005 1 - 17 86 - 29 1 -
As reported in 2007, there are 216 health facilities in Mamuju Regency,

consisting of one Hospital, 23 of Puskesmas, 99 Ministrant Puskesmas, 1
pharmacy, 42 private clinic, and 50 Poskesdes (Table 3-32). Those facilities
are still inadequate compared to the number of population to serve and the
sub-province broad area which still remote and not entirely accessible.
Table 3-32 Number of Paramedic by Kinds of Paramedic per Sub-District in

Mamuju Regency, 2007
Doctor
Baby
Sub-District Medical Specialis Nurse Midwife
Dentist soothayer
Doctor Doctor
Tapalang 3 - - 7 3 19
Tapalang Barat - 1 - 8 4 12
Mamuju 5 1 - 24 7 32
Simboro dan Kep. 2 - - 7 5 14
Kalukku 2 - - 19 7 53
Papalang 1 - - 9 1 21
Sampaga 1 2 - 10 2 13
Tommo - 2 - 15 4 27
Kalumpang - - - 7 1 20
Bonehau - - - 10 4 14
Budong-Budong - - - 13 4 16
Pangale - - - 9 - 13
Topoyo 3 - - 22 2 24
Karossa 2 - - 12 4 30
Tobadak - - - 6 1 16
TOTAL - 2007 19 2 - 178 49 324

EIA DRILLING
3-59
Doctor
Baby
Sub-District Medical Specialis Nurse Midwife
Dentist soothayer
Doctor Doctor
- 2006 43 9 - 126 67 282
- 2005 20 3 - 126 28 462
Source: Office of Religion Department of Mamuju Regency
3.2.20 Stakeholder Identification and Engagement
Stakeholders are persons or groups who are directly or indirectly affected by

a project, as well as those who may have interests in a project and/or the
ability to influence its outcome, either positively or negatively. Stakeholders
may include locally affected communities or individuals and their formal and
informal representatives, national or local government authorities, politicians,
religious leaders, civil society organizations and groups with special interest,
the academic community, or other businesses.
Information on stakeholders and particularly organizations is important in

understanding stakeholder characteristics and potential opinions. Social
organizations present in every region of the Mamuju Regency include
women’s organizations, including the Family Welfare Movement, youth
organizations such as the Forum of People and Police Partnership (FKPM),
cooperative or gotong royong (mutual cooperation) groups and other Village
Community Force Organizations (LKMD/LPM).
In 2004, cooperative movements in the Mamuju Regency consisted of 40

Village Unit Cooperatives or KUD (Koperasi Unit Desa) and 148 Non KUD
(Source: Monography of Mamuju Regency, 2004). No data are available for other
social organizations in the Mamuju Regency.
The identification and engagement of stakeholders is based on the criteria of

national and international guidelines as follows:
3.2.20.1 National Requirements
Head of the Environmental Management Bureau/Bapedal No. 08 of 2000

addressed Community Engagement and information transparency in the EIA
Process. Stakeholder identification is part of the assessment in the EIA
process, as detailed in:
• Law No. 23 of 1997 regarding Environmental Management (replaced by
Law No 32 of 2009), especially article 5 concerning Community Right, i.e.
(1) Equally entitled to a good and healthy environment, (2) Entitled to
information about the environment linked, such as EIA, and (3) Entitled
to play a role in the framework of environmental management (role in
decision making, discussion, etc),
• Government Regulation of Republic of Indonesia No. 27 of 1999 regarding
Environment Impact Assessment, article 33 (3) state that within 30 (thirty)
working days of the date of the announcement of the activities, interested

EIA DRILLING
3-60
members of the community have the right to propose suggestions,
opinions and provide input regarding to the proponent,
• Decree of Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency No. 08 of
2000 regarding Community Involvement and Information Availability in
The Process of An Environmental Impact Assessment,
• Regulation of The State Minister of Environment No. 08 of 2006 regarding
Guidelines for the Compilation of The Analysis on Environmental
Impacts.
3.2.20.2 International Requirements
Stakeholder engagement is an international best-practice approach to

engaging with those most impacted by, or with interest in, a particular project
or issue. Identifying and engaging with stakeholders on a range of
environmental, economic and social issues creates value for a project through
promoting a common understanding of issues and a collaborative approach
to problem solving.
3.2.20.3 Stakeholders Mapping
Stakeholder mapping for the project included the following groups:

a. Executive Branch
• Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources – specifically targeting the
Directorate General of Oil and Gas
• The Implementing Body for Oil and Gas Upstream Sector (BP Migas)
• West and South Sulawesi Regional Offices of Energy and Mineral
Resources
• West Sulawesi Regional Office of Marine Affairs and Fisheries
• West Sulawesi Regional Office of Local Planning
• Mamuju Regency Offices
b. Legislative Branch
• House of Representatives (DPR) – specifically Commission VII (Energy,
Mineral Resources, Research & Technology and Environment)
• West Sulawesi Regional and Provincial assemblies (i.e. DPRD
Kota/Kabupaten) , Commissions C
c. Key Opinion Formers

• NGOs and independent organizations in West Sulawesi
• Two different political orientations of NGOs emerged in Mamuju: the
‘developmentalism’ or ’center’ ideologies and the ‘left leaning’ ideologies.

EIA DRILLING
3-61
The first types of NGOs are willing to cooperate and engage with
government programs and companies. Whereas, the latter refuse to
negotiate with both the government and private companies. Neither type
of NGOs is independent in nature. All are the sub-ordinates of and/or
former activists of the nationwide University Students Association.
• Community Groups in the area where Statoil operates (including
religious, community and tribal leaders, and relevant farmer/fishermen
associations).
3.2.20.4 Typical Stakeholders
The following stakeholders have been identified for the project (Table 3-33).
Table 3-33 Stakeholder Identification and Areas of Interest

Stakeholders Examples of Interest Examples of Stakeholder List
Shareholders Profit, performance, Statoil Global
direction
Government Taxation, VAT, legislation, National, Provincial and
sustainability of natural regional governments
resources
Workplace Performance, Targets, Senior management staff,
Wages, Job security, Non-managerial staff, Labor
Working conditions Union
Community Jobs available, involvement, Villages in the surrounding
environmental and social proposed site
issues
Marketplace Value for money, quality, Customers, suppliers,
customer care consumers
Environment, Sustainability, natural NGOs, Community
resources and systems (direct/indirect affected),
A broader mapping of a company's stakeholders may also include:

• Suppliers: Suppliers of a oil company supplies and utilities
• Government regulatory agencies: AMDAL committee and other related
government agencies concerned with the regulatory and permit from the
national level to local; Ministry of Environment, Ministry of Energy and
Minerals Resources, BPH Migas, Ministry of Finance, Bapedalda, etc.
• Industry trade groups: also known as trade associations are organizations
founded and funded by businesses that operate in a specific industry.
• Professional associations: this will include KADIN, GAPENSI,
GAPEKNAS, INKINDO, etc.
• NGOs and other advocacy groups:
• Prospective employees and prospective Labor Unions: employees will
be developed and hired from local communities; experienced
professionals will be sourced from other regions of Indonesia and abroad.

EIA DRILLING
3-62
• Prospective customers: prospective customers will be from the West
Sulawesi area, other regions of Indonesia and abroad.
• Local communities: fishermen and other villages’ communities in the
potential surrounding area of Project.
• Public at large (Global Community): Society of Mamuju Regency, West
Sulawesi Province and Indonesia as a whole nation.
• Schools: Local schools in the vicinity of the site and Mamuju Regency.
3.2.20.5 Public Consultation/Engagement
In order to support the implementation of oil and gas exploration (drilling)

activities in the Karama Block, Statoil conducted public consultation as part of
the internal Environmental Impact Assessment Study. Public consultation
activities were implemented as one of the efforts in disseminating
information about the plan of oil and gas exploration (drilling) activities
which will take place in the area.
Statoil conducted the public consultation in coordination with BP Migas

Kalsul representative office and West Sulawesi Province Energy and Mineral
Office. The purpose of public consultation is to socialize and inform the plan
of oil and gas exploration activity and explain of the potential environmental
impact of the drilling activity in Karama Block.
In particular, public consultation is intended:
1) To gather suggestions, opinions, and responses concerning the oil and gas
exploration activity.
2) To protect public interest surrounding the activity area from potential
3) To establish an atmosphere of equal partnerhip between the parties
4) To respect the right of all parties to obtain information relating to oil and
Public consultation was conducted in Mamuju which is the nearest city to the
project area as well Mamuju is the capital city of West Sulawesi Province and
relatively accessible for the entire stakeholders.
Public consultation was attended by the stakeholders that were members of

Coordinator/Facilitator/Mediator of the Implementation of Oil and Gas
Exploration/Exploitation of West Sulawesi Province which consist of
representative of government officials from related institutions in West
Sulawesi Province. The public socialization also attended by media and
NGO. Detail list of participants and documentation of the public
consultation/socialization event are presented in Appendix 4. This public
consultation is one model to engage stakeholder by giving them a description

EIA DRILLING
3-63
of the activities to be carried out by the project. The questions, remarks,
concerns registered in the public consultation is presented in the Appendix
4.A.
During the public socialization discussion session, the participants were

actively involved in providing critical inputs associated with the plan of oil
and gas exploration drilling activity in Karama Block. The summary are as
follows:
1) Water quality aspect related to drilling cutting and drilling mud
management.
2) Social and Economics aspect related to job opportunity for local people,
3) More comprehensive socialization activities involving communities
proximity to the project location.
3.2.21 Statoil CSR Program
Statoil implemented high standard at its operation regarding Corporate

Social Responsibility (CSR) as stated in its governing document FR11 to cover
certain aspects such as Social risk management, Human rights, Transparency
and anti-corruption, Local spin-offs and Social investment management to be
incorporated in the CSR plan. In Indonesia, this CSR plan known as
Integrated Community Development Program (ICDP).
In mid 2008, Statoil began the first phase of its Integrated Community
Development Program (ICDP) in Mamuju, West Sulawesi. The program was
designed as an integrated, yet simple, achievable and measurable response to
basic local community needs.
Consensus within Statoil’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Management Committee established the following principles for ICDP
activities: (1) to contribute directly to poverty alleviation, (2) to promote
active community participation and foster self-confidence, a sense of
ownership, responsibility and transparency among the communities
involved, (3) to be local resources-based for efficiency and effectiveness, (4) to
promote sustainability by creating community self reliance, (5) to be
innovative and provide added value to existing activities and approaches,
and (6) to collaborate with the appropriate authorities, promote support and
synergy and prevent overlapping functions.
Following more in-depth assessments and consultations with stakeholders in

the field, the ICDP decided to address three sectors: (1) Health (2) Education
and (3) Microeconomic development as main program to be implemented in
Mamuju.

EIA DRILLING
3-64
Health
In this sector, the program was divided into 2 major activities: (1)
empowerment for posyandu operators and traditional midwives through
training, and (2) provision of a mobile health clinic for free healthcare
services.
Statoil trough ICDP program conducted a training for posyandu operators

with the support of two local doctors: Dr. Sardiana Salam and Dr. Lindawati
Hariandja, the program has provided training for 10 traditional midwives
from Bela village, 12 posyandu trainees from Saletto Village and 10 posyandu
trainees from Bonehau Village. As the result of the training, the trained
mindwives continued to serve Posyandu and community with better
knowledge and proper apparatus.
Due to the lack of healthcare services in many areas, particularly more remote
places, the ICDP established a mobile health clinic program to respond
effectively to communities’ healthcare needs. The mobile health clinic
provides easy access healthcare to villagers, who would otherwise need to
travel for at least an hour along 10-15 km of difficult roads to the district
hospital Village heads have praised the socialization that preceded mobile
health clinic operations as well as its consistent and regular service. The
district government recognizes that mobile services could be effective in
reaching communities in more remote areas.
The mobile health clinic operates with help from a semi-volunteer doctor and
assistants who provide free healthcare and free medicines, and disseminate
information to communities on basic healthcare and how to handle illnesses.
The mobile health clinic operates in areas with limited, or no access to pos
yandu. With each visit it serves around 100 people, and in its operations, has
helped more than 2800 people. It usually operates from school playgrounds,
village heads’ homes or nearby land. Within less than 12 months of
operations, the mobile health clinic has provided healthcare services to
approximately 2860 people. The mobile clinic provided by the ICDP program
did not operate only during the presidential election and the Islamic fasting
month.
Education
In this sector the ICDP decided to implement 3 activities under this sector: (1)
to renovate or build school classrooms, (2) to provide basic school equipment
for students and (3)to combat illiteracy, particularly among adults.
As implementation of this program:
1) Statoil provided shoes, uniforms and books to around 150 students in 4

schools to increasing students’ motivation to attend schools.

EIA DRILLING
3-65
2) Build and renovated 5 schools in as follows constructed a modest new
preschool building in Karampuang Simbar on Karampuang Island,
renovation of the Keong Mas preschool on Karampuang Island,
construction of a new elementary school building in Limbong Bassi in
Simboro Archipelago Subdistrict, construction of a new junior high school
in Tamalea, Bonehau Subdistrict and build a new classroom in Dongkait,
West Tapalang
The evaluations showed that most of the projects have succeeded in

increasing school attendance. Most students are now proud of their schools,
and are happy to attend them. The new school in Tamalea, Bonehau
Subdistrict has been a great help to the students due to its closeness to their
homes and convenience ambient. Previously they should cram into small
living rooms in community members’ homes who are willing to contribute
for such a schooling process, due to unavailability of a school nearby. The
nearest school was a one-hour walk away across dangerous, flood-prone
terrain during the rainy season.
The illiteracy program began in December 2009 and will continue for 4
months, with 3 two-hour lessons a week. Eighty people from 4 groups are
participating in the program, all of whom are farmers aged between 15 and
40 years old living in Karampuang, Batu Pannu, Pasabu and Bonehau
villages. Most lessons are conducted in school buildings, including the ICDP
supported schools in Bonehau and Karampuang. The tutors are all local
teachers who have dedicated their time and energy to using the standard
illiteracy.
Economics sector
Mamuju District has substantial natural resources potential. More than 50%
of its populace depends on fishing and farming. However, poor management
capacity had meant these had yet to provide any significant contributions to
the local economy or development. Businesses with significant potential, but
needing strengthening, included seaweed, coconut, cacao and coffee
production. Community seaweed farming businesses, for instance, still had
difficulties in terms of working capital and technical capacity.
Accordingly, the ICDP implemented a local community enterprise

empowerment program, divided into several activities: (1) provision of
training for selected businesses, (2) provision of additional working and
investment capital (around IDR 25 million for each business) including
provision of simple apparatus to enhance production efficiency. A selection
process and criteria were applied to establish which enterprises would
receive support. This process was necessary for avoiding conflict among
community businesses and maintaining transparency among community
members.

EIA DRILLING
3-66
Following careful assessment and evaluations of the criteria set up by the
programme, the ICDP decided to support 3 community businesses. Two
were the Anjoro and Marassa coconut cooking oil (known locally as mandar
oil) production businesses in Kalukku, owned and managed by two women’s
groups, each comprising 10 members. The other was involved in seaweed
culture on Karampuang Island.
3.2.22 Identification and Characterization of Indigenous Groups
In terms of the criteria outlined in paragraph 5 of the World Bank’s OD 4.20

on indigenous People, is as follows:
a. A close attachment to ancestral territories and to natural resources in

these areas.
b. Self-identification and identification by others as members of a distinct
cultural group.
c. Often use a language different from the national language.
d. Presence of customary social and political institutions.
They have their own customary social and political institutions (as
embodied in adat –‘customary law’). The Musyawarah, as commonly
practiced in Indonesia was also found practiced by this local
community.
e. Primarily subsistence-oriented production.
Previously this is the main economic activity of the vast majority of
people in the project area. Today they had commercially cultivated the
lands for cash crops such like coconut, cloves, coffee and others.
f. Vulnerability to being disadvantaged as social groups in the
development process.
g. From the existing regulation applied in Indonesia the definition of
‘indigenous people’ is those who meet the government definition of
‘isolated communities’ under Ministerial Decree No. 5 of 1995.
h. Isolated communities are described in groups of people who live or
wonder in dispersed isolated areas and follow a socio cultural system
which is ‘isolated and left behind’ in comparison with the rest of
Indonesian society. Isolated is understood in terms of both geography
and culture where ‘left behind’ is understood in terms of such measures
as health, education, housing, clothing and livelihood.
i. Other terms and some characteristic of isolated communities developed
by Bappenas (National Planning and Development Agency) are as
follows:

EIA DRILLING
3-67
• Nomadic or semi nomadic lifestyle or living in small dispersed
bands;
• Livelihood system strongly dependent on the natural environment
such as hunting, gathering, fishing or agricultural;
• Inadequate standards of personal hygiene or cleanliness of
environment;
• Meager or no clothing;
• Low standard of housing;
• Very limited knowledge and low use of technology;
• Belief system that animistic;
• Strong attachment to their cultural and belief system, which make
them cultural closed.
The Mamuju Regency can be categorized as a melting pot of people from

various ethnic persuasions. The regency is also the place where people of
Mandar, Bugis, Makassar, Toraja, Sa’dan, Manado and Java descent and
ethnicity reside and work. Other and unique ethnic that lives in Mamuju
Regency, among other are Karampuang Traditional Community.
Using identification criteria of indigenous group, it seems none can be

categorized as indigenous in Mamuju even in West Sulawesi.

EIA DRILLING
3-68
EIA DRILLING
3-69
4 IMPACT EVALUATION AND CONTROL
The results of scoping are first presented in this section, followed by an

assessment of those aspects of the project scoped as having a potentially
significant impact on the environment and/or community. The assessment
has been conducted in line with the approach and method described in
Section 1.4.
4.1 SCOPING
Scoping aims to set the boundaries for the impact assessment, to identify
potential interactions between the project and environmental and social
receptors, identify the likely impacts of the Project that require further
investigation and to prioritize these in terms of potential significance.
Scoping for the project was conducted in August 2009 in Jakarta involving
key members of the project team and ERM consultants. During Scoping the
potential for interaction between proposed project activities and aspects of
the physical, biological, socio-economic environment was considered and a
judgement made on the potential significance of the resultant impact. All
those interactions considered to be not significant have been scoped out and
not considered further in the impact assessment. The results of Scoping are
presented in Figure 4-1 and summarised as:
• Impacts to air quality and climate change due to emissions from the
transit of the drill ship to the site, operation of the drill ship, well clean-
up/testing activities and from unplanned events (though this is discussed
separately);
• Increased noise levels associated with the use of dynamic positioning,
operation of the drill ship and helicopters;
• Impact to the seabed and benthic communities from well spudding
activities;
• Impacts to water quality due to well spudding, disposal of drilling wastes
and casing and cementing activities;
• Impacts on marine ecology (fish and pelagic flora and fauna, marine
mammals and reptiles) resulting from increased underwater noise levels
associated with the use of dynamic positioning, and from the movement
and operation of the drill ship;
• Potential impacts to protected areas during the transit, including
mobilization and demobilization of the drill ship;
• Impacts on waste disposal facilities due to wastes generated throughout
project activities;
• Impact on fisheries from project activities; and

EIA DRILLING
4-1
• Impacts associated with unplanned events (eg. well blow-out and
collisions).
There has been further project definition since the time of Scoping and only
those aspects/activities determined as having the potential to cause
significant impacts are assessed further in this section. These are discussed in
detail in the following sections. Each subsection presents a summary of the
predicted impacts before and after any required mitigation and provides the
evaluation criteria and justifications for changes in the level of significance
from those made at the time of Scoping. Following the initial evaluation of
significance, the application of mitigation follows the principle of As Low As
Reasonably Practical (ALARP). Impacts assessed as not significant do not
require additional management or mitigation measures (on the basis that the
consequence of the impact is sufficiently small, or that the receptor is of low
sensitivity and/or that adequate controls are already included in the project
design). Mitigation of minor impacts is discretionary.
As described in Section 1.4.4, magnitude and value/sensitivity are looked at
in combination to evaluate whether an impact is significant and if so its
degree of significance. The principle is illustrated in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Evaluation of Impact Significance
Magnitude of Impact
Evaluation of Significance
Low Medium High
Not
Low Minor Moderate
significant
Value/ Sensitivity of Moderate-
Medium Minor Moderate
resources/ receptor Major
Moderate-
High Moderate Major
Major
A master table of impact significance is provided in Appendix 5. The

mitigation and management measures are carried forward as project
commitments and the implementation of these to reduce the predicted
impacts are detailed in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) (Section
5).

EIA DRILLING
4-2
Figure 4-1 Scoping Matrix
ACTIVITY ASPECT Resources & Receptors Susceptible to Impacts
Physical Biological Social
Accidental Events (Spills/ Dropped Objects)
Utilities (eg. Landfills, waste treatment etc)

Noise Levels (Airborne and Underwater)
Aesthetic Environmental Quality

Physical Presence (Permanent)
Physical Presence (Temporary)
Socio-Economic/ Employment
Fish & Pelagic Flora & Fauna

Physical Presence (Moving)
Effluent/ Discharges to Sea

Pollutant Emissions to Air
Employment & Income
Public Health & Safety

Tourism & Recreation
Benthic Communities
Ambient Air Quality
Suspended Solids
Seascape &Visual
Marine Mammals
Noise Emissions
Protected Areas
Light emissions
Hydrodynamics
Marine Reptiles
Waste Disposal
Coral Outcrops
Birds/Seabirds
Global Climate
Energy Usage
Water Quality
Aquaculture
Navigation
Fishery
Seabed
RIG MOBILISATION/DEMOBILISATION
Transit of drill ship to site
Dynamic positioning
Vessel movements ( AHV, supply etc)
Rig demobilisation/mobilisation between well sites
Rig demobilisation off site
EXPLORATION DRILLING
Well spudding
Drilling (including mud and cuttings disposal)
Well completion (casing and cementing)
Drill ship operations (eg. Power generation, discharges,
drainage, etc) assume drill ship
Vessel movements (supply, chase boat etc)
Helicopter movements
Storage, handling & use of materials (eg. chemicals, drilling
fluids, etc)
Well logging, wireline and VSP
Well abandonment
UNPLANNED EVENTS
Dropped objects to marine water
Well blow-out/ shallow gas
Spills & leaks during drilling/ bunkering
Collision events
KEY
Description of significance of interactions: An aspect of small magnitude Interaction which is positive An interaction that could be significant
An aspect of large magnitude An interaction but not significant An interaction that is significant

EIA DRILLING
4-3
4.2 AIR QUALITY
4.2.1 Sources of Impact
The primary air emissions will be products of combustion (eg. CO2, CO, NOX,
SO2, particulates/smoke) and unburned hydrocarbons in the exhaust
emissions from vessels/equipment involved in the movement of the drill ship
to the project site; power generation on the drill ship, supply vessels, and
helicopter transfers. As stated in Section 2.6, emissions to air from
exploration drilling activities are estimated to be ~28,519 tonnes of CO2, ~412
tonnes of NOX, ~89 tonnes of SO2 and ~169 tonnes of CO and 17 tonnes of
NMHC (see Table 2.6).
4.2.2 Assessment Approach
4.2.2.1 Existing Conditions & Legal Standards and Guidelines (where relevant)
Air pollution is a major environmental problem in Indonesia (UOG, 2008).
Urban areas are mostly affected with transportation being the biggest (80%)
sector causing air pollution, followed by the industry sector, forest fires and
domestic activities.
Regulations of relevance to air emission standards for oil and gas activity in
Indonesia is the State Minister of Environment No. 13 Year 2009 regarding
Emission Standards from Stationary Sources for Oil and Gas Activity.
Emission standards provided by this regulation which will be used as a
benchmark for this assessment are indicated in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Air Emission Standards

Emission Standards TR1011 MOE Regulation No. 13
(mg/Nm3) Year 2009
SO2 400 800
CO - 600
NOx as NO2 1,000 1,000
CH4 - -
Indonesia is also extremely vulnerable to climate change (UOG, 2008).

Temperatures in Indonesia have increased by 0.3 oC since 1990 and are
expected to increase further by ~ 1.5 – 3.7 oC by 2100 (UOG, 2008).
Furthermore, changes is climate patterns have already been observed to affect
the timing of seasons in Indonesia; and anticipated future trends are expected
to result in a longer dry season and a more intense wet season (UOG, 2008).
Indonesia ratified the Framework Convention on Climate Change in 1994. As
part of this framework, Indonesia is required to mitigate climate change by
limiting its anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases and protecting and
enhancing its greenhouse gas sinks and reservoirs.

EIA DRILLING
4-4
4.2.2.2 Evaluation Criteria
The criteria used to define the magnitude and sensitivity of air quality
impacts are presented in Table 4-3 and Table 4-4.
Table 4-3 Magnitude Criteria for Assessing Air Emissions

Magnitude Definition
Low • Short-term reduction in air quality but within benchmark
emissions limits
• Project GHG emissions represent <1% of Indonesian total annual
estimated CO2 emissions
Medium • Occasional breach of the benchmark emissions limits over limited
periods
• Project GHG emissions represent 1 – 5% of Indonesian total
annual estimated CO2 emissions
High • Repeated breaches of benchmark emissions limits over extended
periods
• Project GHG emissions represent >5% of Indonesian total annual
estimated CO2 emissions
Table 4-4 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Assessment of Air Emissions

Sensitivity Definition
Low • Existing airshed in good condition (air quality is good); and
• Sensitive receptor (i.e. coastal community) located > 1 km away
from the air emissions source.
Medium • Existing airshed showing some signs of stress (air pollution is
moderate); or
• Concentration of sensitive receptors (ie. coastal community)
located within 0.1 – 1km from the air emissions source.
High • Existing airshed is degraded (air pollution is high); or
• Sensitive receptors located within 100 m from the air emissions
source
4.2.3 Evaluation of Impacts
The potential well sites are located significantly offshore (i.e. the closest
potential well site to the coast is located > 30 km offshore). Emissions to air
will result in an increase in downwind air pollutant concentrations but
exceedance of air quality criteria at sea level is not expected due to rapid
dispersion and dilution of contaminants in the offshore environment.
The principal greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from the project activities
offshore will be carbon dioxide (CO2) and hydrocarbons. CO2-eq emissions
from the exploration drilling program will be in the order of 29,161 tonnes for
the whole duration of the drilling period. These emissions will contribute to
Indonesia’s greenhouse gas emissions but this contribution is approximately
0.001% of total Indonesian annual GHG emissions of 3.014 billion tonnes.
Overall impacts are evaluated to be of Low magnitude but Medium
sensitivity (due to the vulnerability of Indonesia to climate change impacts)
with an overall impact of Minor Significance.

EIA DRILLING
4-5
Category Impact before Mitigation Residual Impact (after mitigation)
Magnitude of Impact Low Low
Value/sensitivity of Medium Medium
resources/receptor
Significance Minor ALARP
4.2.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impacts
Recommended mitigation to reduce air emissions include:
• Implement an effective maintenance programme to optimise operations of

the engines to optimise fuel combustion and thus emissions;
• Ensuring the use of low sulphur fuel;
• Where practicable use of Marine Gas Oil as fuel rather than Heavy Fuel
Oil to reduce emissions.
4.3 NOISE LEVELS
Potential noise sources during the exploration drilling program include noise
from propellers and thrusters of the drill ship and support vessels, drilling
activities and helicopter transfers. Noise levels generated by using dynamic
positioning is indicated at 196 dB/1mPa at frequencies between 20 – 25 kHz;
and recorded underwater noise levels at source for supply and support
vessels range between 186 – 191 dB re 1μPa. Comparative noise levels for
different types of offshore vessels/rigs are presented in Table 2-10.
4.3.2.1 Legal Standards and Guidelines

No noise regulations exist for offshore operations. Noise standards stipulated
by the Decree of the Environmental Minister No KEP-48/MENLH/11/1996
are 75 dBA for industrial facilities. There are no noise standards for
underwater noise and its impact on ecology.
4.3.2.2 Assessment Criteria

Noise impact assessment criteria used in this assessment are presented below.

EIA DRILLING
4-6
Table 4-5 Magnitude Criteria for Impacts on Noise Levels
Low • No perceptible change or occasional but small change in noise
environment at closest sensitive receptors (ie. marine whales, turtles,
etc, protected areas, fisheries, fish spawning area, coastal
communities), insufficient to affect or alter normal day to day
activities/ behaviour;
Medium • Noticeable change in noise environment at closest sensitive receptor
(ie. marine whales, turtles, etc, protected areas, fisheries, fish
spawning area, coastal communities) over a longer time period (>1
hour) but insufficient to affect or alter normal day to day activities/
behaviour
High • Noticeable change in noise environment at closest sensitive receptor
(ie. marine whales, turtles, etc, protected areas, fisheries, fish
spawning area, coastal communities) of a level to encourage a change
to daily activity patterns/ behaviour
Table 4-6 Receptor/Resource Sensitivity for Assessment of Noise Levels

Low • Sensitive receptor (ie. marine whales, turtles, etc, protected areas,
fisheries, fish spawning area, coastal communities) located > 1km
away from the noise sources
Medium • Sensitive receptors (ie. marine whales, turtles, etc, protected areas,
fisheries, fish spawning area, coastal communities) located within 0.5
– 1km from the noise sources
High • Sensitive receptors located within 500 m from the noise sources
Offshore impacts
Underwater noise levels generated from exploration drilling activities will
primarily be from propellers and thrusters of support vessels, drilling.
Underwater noise has the potential to affect marine life, particularly marine
mammals and sea turtles, by altering the natural underwater noise
environment.
The effects of underwater noise on marine mammals can be behavioural (eg.
anthropogenic noise masks the noises used by cetaceans for communication)
or physiological (eg. high level made noise can damage the internal hearing
organs) (IWSNMW, 2008). Offshore activities (ie. mainly shipping) have been
known to cause behavioural disturbance to marine mammal populations
(IWSNMW, 2008).
Although a number of species of cetaceans (ie. whales, dolphins and
porpoises) and sea turtles are known to inhabit the waters offshore West
Sulawesi, very limited data is currently available on the occurrence and
distribution of these species in and around the proposed project site. The
area is a major spawning area for eels and also important for fisheries.
The exploration drilling program is estimated to take approximately 165
days. It is therefore likely that there will be short – term disturbance to

EIA DRILLING
4-7
marine organisms potentially present in the area. Possible impacts to marine
organisms could include:
• Disruption to any underwater acoustic cues – acoustic signals produced
by marine animals and used in a communicative sense with other
animals, or which are physical in origin but convey environmental
information, may be masked to some extent by continual intense noise;
• Changes in behaviour – levels of sound which are not sufficient to
produce avoidance behaviour may elicit behavioural changes which can
potentially disrupt normal activities;
• Localised avoidance – it is known that fish will actively avoid certain
types of sound, or leave an area in which intense sounds are being
produced.
Although the area is a major spawning area for eels and important for
fisheries, and the lack of data on marine mammals, impacts are evaluated to
be of low magnitude and medium sensitivity, with an overall impact of
Minor Significance.
Nearshore Impacts
Helicopter transfers will be made from Balikpapan to the proposed project
site. As there will be 2 trips per day throughout the duration of the
exploratory drilling, communities located nearby are likely to be disturbed by
noise generated. However it is expected that project related noise will not be
significantly higher than activities already being conducted at the supply base
and over a short duration, ie. initially as the helicopter takes off. As such
impacts are evaluated to be of low magnitude and low sensitivity with the
overall impact considered to be Not Significant.
Offshore impacts
Magnitude of Impact Low -
Value/sensitivity of Medium -
resources/receptor
Significance Minor -
Nearshore Impacts
Value/sensitivity of Low -
resources/receptor
Significance Not Significant -

EIA DRILLING
4-8
Noise on offshore is a given impact and no mitigation measures are available

to reduce noise at the source during dynamic positioning. Nearshore noise
impacts may be reduced by limiting operation of chopper during night time
4.4 WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL
Inappropriate handling, storage and disposal of non-hazardous and

hazardous wastes generated during drilling activities have the potential to
result in fouling/ contamination of the marine and onshore environments. A
typical waste inventory for drilling operations is presented in Section 2.6.
Wastes (including hazardous waste) generated offshore will include spent
chemicals, lube oil, hydraulic oil and batteries. Spent SBM will be returned to
shore for re-processing/ recycling (impacts from the discharge of drill
cuttings is discussed separately).
Inappropriate hazardous waste management has the potential to cause a
range of adverse effects including:
• Toxic effects or physical damage to marine organisms;
• Water pollution/ fouling/ contamination of the sea/ shoreline or onshore
environment (onshore storage, transport and disposal activities);
• Risks of fire and explosion; and
• Risks to human health.
4.4.2.1 Legal Standards and Guidelines

The legal framework of relevance to the assessment of waste generation and
disposal is based on:
• Government Regulation No. 19 Year 1999 regarding Marine Pollution
and Damage Control: which states that everyone or company who is
dumping waste to the sea is obliged to get permit from Minister of
Environment.
• The Government Regulation No. 18 Year 1999 related to the disposal of
hazardous and toxic waste: which states that hazardous and toxic wastes
can be stored up to a maximum of 90 days after which it must be disposed
at a suitable landfill facility; and
• Regulation by the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No 045 Year
2006 regarding the Management of Drilling Mud, Waste Mud and Drill

EIA DRILLING
4-9
Cuttings from oil and gas drilling activities. Requirements of this
regulation are presented in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7 Requirements for the Management and Disposal of Drill Muds and
Cuttings
Testing
• For offshore drilling activity, the processing of mud waste shall include LC50 – 96 hours
test, and drill cuttings shall include oil content test.
• LC50 – 96 Hours test shall be conducted at least 1 (once) for mud waste in each well drilling
activity. The limit is equal to or more than 30,000 ppm SPP (Suspended Particulate Phase)
• Drill cuttings with 10% or less hydrocarbon concentrations can be disposed to drilling site.
If it is more than 10%, than it should be managed according to the regulations.
Disposal Offshore
• Final disposal of mud waste and drill cuttings may not be conducted in a sensitive area
• Disposal of WBMS; should the result of the LC50 – 96 hours test be greater than or equal to
30,000 ppm, then mud waste may be disposed directly onto the sea. Should the test result
be smaller then 30,000 ppm then the muds will require further treatment
• Disposal of SBMs & OBMs: SBMs and OBMs are to be reused and final disposal to be in line
with the regulations
• Disposal of drill cuttings with an oil content less than or equal to 10% can be directly
disposed at sea. If oil content exceeds 10%, further treatment is required.
Disposal Onshore
• Wastes will need to be segregated; ie. solid from liquid wastes, oil from liquid wastes and
segregation of dissolved solids.
• TCLP Test and oil content tests will need to be conducted to determine a suitable area for
the disposal of muds and cuttings.
Discharge of SBM to the sea will arise due to drill mud retained on cuttings
after drying in the cuttings dryer system to an oil level content to around 30 –
50 g/kg or 3-5%. In accordance with Minister of Energy and Mineral
Resources Regulation No 045 Year 2006, drill cuttings can be disposed to the
sea (in non-sensitive areas, if the oil content in drill cuttings is less than 10%
(10 g/kg). Statoil has internal policy (TR1011) drill cuttings can be disposed
to the sea if oil content is no more than 1%. If this limit can not be fulfilled
during drilling, the project will search a dispensation from Statoil corporate
head quarter to allow to dispose drill cuttting with oil content higher than 1%
but no more than 10% to the sea; if not, the drill cutttings will be transported
to shorebase in Balikpapan for further process.
Other regulations of relevance that relate to the preservation of the Indonesia
water environment are listed in Table 1-1.

The magnitude of impact has been determined by considering the likely
volume of wastes that will be generated and how they will be managed and
disposed of to reduce impacts to the environment and society to ALARP (see
criteria in Table 4-8). Receptor sensitivity criteria reflect the capacity of waste
disposal services in Indonesia to cater for the wastes requiring disposal (see
Table 4-9).

EIA DRILLING
4-10
Table 4-8 Magnitude Criteria for Waste Generation and Disposal
Low • Waste generated for disposal has been reduced to ALARP
Medium • Only some of the wastes generated for disposal have been reduced to
ALARP. Waste disposal sites are likely to experience some pressure in
dealing with the wastes generated (either due to type or quantity)
High • Little effort has been made to reduce waste generation to ALARP.
Wastes disposal sites will experience substantial difficulty in dealing
with the wastes generated.
Table 4-9 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Waste Generation and Disposal
Low • Waste collectors and disposal sites have sufficient capacity to treat
waste (no export of waste)
Medium • Some constraints in the capacity of waste collectors and disposal sites
to handle and treat waste in an environmentally acceptable manner
are foreseen for non-hazardous wastes
High • Significant constraints in the capacity of waste collectors and disposal
sites to handle and treat waste in an environmentally acceptable
manner are foreseen for all waste types
The bulk of wastes that will be produced from the exploration drilling
program are drill muds and cuttings. Spent WBMs and cuttings (both from
WBM and SBM drilling – impacts of which are discussed in Section 4.5) will
be discharged into the sea while spent SBM will be disposed of onshore at a
suitable facility.
All hazardous and non-hazardous wastes generated will be disposed of at
existing approved/licensed onshore facilities in Balikpapan. The only non-
hazardous waste generated offshore that will be discharged into the sea will
be galley food waste (food waste from kitchen and canteen) which will be
macerated prior to discharge.
SBM muds to be disposed onshore will be managed according to the
requirements of Regulation No 045 Year 2006. The exploration drilling
activities are not expected to generate significant volumes of waste. It is not
anticipated that pressure will be placed on exiting disposal facilities in
Balikpapan. Impacts are therefore evaluated to be of Medium magnitude
(taking a conservative approach to the likely volume of wastes which is
currently unknown) and Low sensitivity with an overall impact of Minor
Significance.
Magnitude of Impact Medium Low
Value/sensitivity of Low Low
resources/receptor
Significance Minor Not Significant

EIA DRILLING
4-11
All wastes (non-hazardous and hazardous) generated offshore will be

managed in accordance with Statoil’s HSE waste management requirements
and legal requirements. Management of wastes should include:
• Waste minimisation at source;
• Waste segregation by type;
• Transport of wastes in suitable containers to avoid leaks, wind blown
release of waste materials;
• Completion of transportation consignment notes to document the transfer
of materials from offshore to onshore; and
• Recycling of waste where possible.
These waste management requirements should be reflected in the vessel’s
Pollution Control and Waste Management Procedure. Furthermore
management of waste on the drilling vessel, support and supply vessels will
be conducted in compliance with MARPOL Annex V requirements, which
includes the prohibition of disposal of garbage into the sea.
Provided wastes are managed appropriately, residual impacts associated
with the generation and disposal of wastes are reduced to Not Significant.
4.5 WATER QUALITY
The drilling program will generate drilling wastes and excess cement which
will be discharged into the sea. These include (as indicated in Section 2):
• Spent WBMs; ~ 4,162 m3/well;
• WBM and SBM cuttings: ~ 644 m3/well; and
• Excess cement: ~ 780 m3 in total.
Drilling activities, including these discharges will result in increased

suspended solids within the water column.
Other discharges to water will include domestic and sanitary wastewater,

macerated food waste, rainwater runoff and ballast water discharges (see
Section 2). These also have the potential to reduce water quality in the
immediate vicinity of the drill vessel. However these have been scoped as
not having impacts of significance and not discussed further.

EIA DRILLING
4-12
4.5.2.1 Legal Standard & Guidelines

The legal framework of relevance to the assessment is based on the
Regulation by the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No 045 Year
Cuttings from oil and gas drilling activities. Requirements of this regulation
are presented in Table 4-7. The Statoil requirement is that discharge of
cuttings should contain less than 1% oil content. If this limit can not be
fulfilled during drilling, the project will search a dispensation from Statoil
corporate head quarter to allow to dispose drill cuttting with oil content
higher than 1% but no more than 10% to the sea; if not, the drill cutttings will
be transported to shorebase in Balikpapan for further process

Criteria to assess impacts on water quality are presented in Tables 4-10 and 4-
11.
Table 4-10 Magnitude Criteria for Water Quality Impacts

• Negligible change in water quality expected over a limited area with
Low water quality returning to background levels within a few meters; or
• Discharges are well within specified limits
• Temporary and localized change in water quality over a limited area
Medium with water quality returning to background levels thereafter; or
• Occasional breach of specified limits
• Change in water quality lasts over the course of several months with
High quality likely to cause secondary impacts on marine ecology; or
• Routine exceedance of specified limits
Table 4-11 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Water Quality Impacts

• Existing water quality is good and the ecological resources that it
Low
supports are not sensitive to a change in water quality
• Existing water quality is showing some signs of stress and/ or
Medium supports some sensitive ecological resources that could be sensitive to
change in water quality
• Already under significant stress and/ or is fragile to change with
High respect to the resources it supports, will cause secondary ecological
impacts
The waters within the Karama Block do support known sensitive receptors,
particularly near Karampuang Island and the adjacent shoreline of the
Mamuju Regency of West Sulawesi (see Figure 3-1), such as coral reef and

EIA DRILLING
4-13
mangrove ecosystems, community fish ponds and seagrass culture.
On entering the sea, the discharge plume typically separates into an upper
and lower plume. The lower plume contains the majority of cuttings and drill
fluid mass while the upper plume comprises the liquid fraction and fine
gained silts and clays. The upper plume will tend to separate both laterally
and vertically and will be transported in the direction of the prevailing
currents.
Modelling of drill cuttings discharged was conducted for this study. The
modelling was conducted for two different scenarios; ie. under March and
October conditions (in terms of current and wind conditions). Key findings
from the study indicated that (see Appendix 1 for full results):
• The drill cuttings and adhered muds would travel 30 to 40 km from the
drill centre before settling on the seabed;
• Sedimentation rates would be orders of magnitude below 10 mg cm-2 day-
1(which is the coral tolerance threshold criterion);
• Total suspended solid (TSS) concentrations will exceed the 50 mg/l
threshold only at surface layers, while concentrations of TSS at the bottom
layers were less than 1 mg/l.
Overall, for both scenarios sedimentation rates were low. Suspended solids
in both cases were high (ie. above the 50 mg/l threshold for corals) for only a
brief period of time (~1 hour) and only near the surface of the well location.
Conclusions from the modelling study indicate that the discharge of mud and
drill cuttings pose a low environmental risk. SBMs retained on cuttings will
also be dried in the cuttings dryer system prior to discharge resulting in an oil
level content of around 30 – 50 g/kg or 3-5% (see point 4.5.2.1).
Based on the above explanation, impacts from the discharge of drilling wastes
are therefore evaluated to be of Low magnitude and Medium sensitivity with
an overall impact of Minor Significance.

Value/sensitivity of Medium -
resources/receptor
Significance Minor -
Existing controls such as the cuttings dryer system together with Statoil and
legislative compliance sufficiently manage this issue and no additional
mitigation is required.

EIA DRILLING
4-14
4.6 SEABED & BENTHIC COMMUNITIES
The scoping process based on the project information available during

scoping identified project activities such as well spudding, anchoring,
positioning and ballasting of the drill ship to be potentially significant in
terms of impacts on the seabed and benthic communities. Since scoping
however, more details of project activities have been finalized; eg. a drill ship
will be used for drilling with dynamic positioning and as such there will be
no anchoring activities, also the drill ship will be coming from a nearby field
and as such issues associated with ballasting (ie introduction of new species,
etc) is no longer considered to be an issue. This section therefore focuses on
impacts associated with well spudding and resulting disposal of drill cuttings
on the seabed.

The legal framework of relevance to the assessment is based on the
Regulation by the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No 045 Year
Cuttings from oil and gas drilling activities. Requirements of this regulation
are presented in Table 4.7.

Criteria to assess impacts on seabed and benthic communities are presented
in Tables 4.12 and 4.13.
Table 4-12 Magnitude Criteria for Sediment Quality and Impacts on Benthic
Community
Low • Minimal effects on sediment quality/minimal seabed disturbance
• Short-term localized (<500 m) but severe disturbance/effects on
Medium sediment quality and with medium to long-term (>5 years) secondary
impacts to ecological resources
• Activities result in/contributes to significant seabed disturbance/
High impacts/change to sediment quality with long-term (>10 years)
secondary impacts to ecological resources
Table 4-13 Receptor/Resource Sensitivity for Sediment Quality and Impacts on

Benthic Community
• Existing sediment quality is good and the ecological resources that it
Low
supports are not sensitive to a change in sediment quality
• Existing sediment quality is showing some signs of stress and/ or
Medium supports some sensitive ecological resources that could be sensitive to
change in sediment quality

EIA DRILLING
4-15
• Already under significant stress and/ or is fragile to change with respect
High to the resources it supports, will cause secondary ecological impacts
The top hole section of each well will be drilled without a casing in place and
as such drill cuttings and muds will be discharged directly on the seabed in
proximity to the well. Only WBMs are being proposed for the top hole
sections. Additionally, cuttings from both WBM and SBM drilling will be
discharged into the sea.
The seabed at the project site is classified as silt and silty-clay with low
content of sand and gravel. The types of benthic species present in the area
are not well understood. It is expected however that only a small area
immediately surrounding the well will be affected from the drilling of the top
hole section. During the drilling of the rest of the well sections, cutting will
be discharged through a discharge chute located on the vessel (ie. 12 m below
the water surface). As indicated in Section 4.5 above, modelling results have
indicated that cuttings discharged will travel approximately 30 – 40 km and
as such will be spread out over a wider area; impacts to benthic communities
are therefore reduced.
Considering that only WBMs will accumulate near the well surface, impacts
are evaluated to be of Low magnitude and Medium sensitivity (as the type of
benthic species present is currently unknown) with an overall impact of
Minor Significance.

Magnitude of Impact Low Low
Value/sensitivity of Medium Low

resources/receptor
Significance Minor Not Significant
Measures to reduce impacts on the seabed include:
• Conducting a comprehensive baseline of the area to determine the likely

species present and their sensitivity prior to beginning project activities.
Provided implementation measures are effective and no species of significant

ecological/ commercial value have been identified, residual impacts are
considered to be not significant.

EIA DRILLING
4-16
4.7 FISHERIES
Project activities have the potential to impact fisheries in the area. Impacts
associated with noise, discharged of drill muds and cuttings, and spills on
fish stock are discussed in Sections 4.3, 4.5 and 4.8. This section focuses on
the hazards posed by rig mobilization/transit to project site and presence of
support vessels and suspended wellheads.
Act No 45 year 2009 jo 31 year 2004 on Fisheries concerning fisheries

management including optimize the management of fish resources, the
preservation of fish resources, fish cultivation and spatial arrangement.

Criteria to assess impacts on fisheries are presented in Tables 4.14 and 4.15.
Table 4-14 Magnitude Criteria for Impacts on Fisheries

Low • Activities will not affect/ cause constraints on resource users
• Activities will result in limited interference/constraints on resource
Medium users
• Activities will result in significant interference/constraints on resource
High users
Table 4-15 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Impacts on Fisheries

• Low fishing activities in the area; or
Low
• Activities will result no loss of income.
• Moderate fishing activities in the area; or
Medium • Activities will result in some loss of income.
• Significant fishing activities in the area; or
High • Activities will result in significant loss of income.
As indicated in Section 3.7.5, the project area is surrounded by artisanal

fisheries. Fishing activities are an important source of food and income for
communities in the area. Some fishers also practice the use of ‘rumpon’ or
Fish Aggregation Devices (FAD); based on data collected during the seismic
program in 2008, approximately 81 rumpon were identified in the Karama
Block and its vicinity. The main fishing areas were identified as extending
approximately 2 – 10 km from the shore.

EIA DRILLING
4-17
The drill ship will transit to the project site from a nearby field and as such it
is not anticipated that it will impact fishing activities in a significant manner.
Supporting vessels movement during drilling activity from and to
Balikpapan will impact fishing activity in Karama Block and its vicinity.
There is potential collision of drilling supporting vessel movement with
rumpon and fishing gear might occur. Drilling activities however will be
conducted over 165 days and during this period an exclusion zone around
each well will be necessary. It is therefore likely that there may be
disturbance/constraints on fishing activities from removal of rumpons and
any trawling, long line activities but these would be temporary and once
activities are concluded the exclusions zones removed.
Upon completion of drilling the wellheads will remain in place; ie 2 m above

seabed that will be addressed in Drilling UKL-UPL document (provided
approval is received from Ministry of Environment), which may pose a minor
constraint to fishing activities. If approval is not received to leave the
wellheads on the seafloor in UKL-UPL document, the wellheads, casing,
piling and other obstructions will be removed to a depth of 15 ft below the
seafloor and all obstructions removed.
Based on the above explanation, impacts from drilling activities are therefore
evaluated to be of Medium magnitude and Medium sensitivity. Overall
impacts are therefore considered to be of Moderate Significance.

Magnitude of Impact Medium Low
Value/sensitivity of Medium Medium

resources/receptor
Significance Moderate Minor
The following mitigation measures are recommended to reduce/ manage

potential impacts:
• Notify fishing authorities of planned activities;
• Maintain communication with local communities/fishermen notifying
them of planned activities, location of wellheads and understanding their
concerns;
• Ensure procedures are in place for dealing with claims for damaged
fishing gear etc. from local fishermen; and

EIA DRILLING
4-18
• Conduct rumpon mapping and identify rumpon that should be removed
within 1 km radius from drilling area.
The residual impact based on the effective implementation of these guidelines

will reduce the significance of impacts from Moderate to Minor Significance.
4.8 UNPLANNED EVENTS
Unplanned events scoped as being of potential significance includes a

blowout and collisions both of which can result in the uncontrolled release of
hydrocarbons. These are discussed further in the following sections.
Regulations of relevance include;
• Presidential Regulation No. 109 of 2006 concerning emergency response

for oil spillage in the sea;
• Ministry of Environment Decree No. 200 of 2004 concerning standard
criteria for environmental damage and guidelines for determination of
status of sea grass colonies;
• Ministry of Environment Decree No. 201 of 2004 concerning standard
criteria for environmental damage and guidelines for determining the
extent of damage to mangroves.

Criteria to assess impacts from unplanned events are presented in Tables 4-
16 and 4-17.
Table 4-16 Magnitude Criteria for for Impacts resulting from Unplanned Events
Low • No. of receptors affected is limited to a few isolated individuals/
organisms/cases and they recover quickly with only short-term
discomfort
• No. if receptors affected extends to a wider area or receptors affected
Medium sustain long-term environmental/ health impacts
• No. of receptors affected is considerable or those that are affected
High sustain permanent environmental/ health impacts or a fatality occurs

EIA DRILLING
4-19
Table 4-17 Receptor/ Resource Sensitivity for Impacts resulting from Unplanned
Events
• Receptor can readily absorb/ adapt and recover quickly from the
Low
impact
• Receptor experiences some short-term difficulty in absorbing/
Medium adapting and recovering from the impact
• Receptor experiences considerable, long term difficulty in absorbing/
High adapting and recovering from the impact
In general oil spilled into the marine environment undergoes a number of

physico-chemical changes depending on the type and volume of oil spilled,
the prevailing weather and sea conditions. Typically evaporation and
dispersion act to remove oil from the sea surface. Spilled oil containing light
hydrocarbon fractions (eg. diesel) tend to evaporate quickly compared to
heavier (crude) spills. The evaporation process will be enhanced by warm air
temperatures and moderate winds and will produce considerable changes in
density, viscosity and volume of the spill.
Modelling was performed to assess potential environmental impacts in the

event of an accidental release of hydrocarbons due to an annulus blowout at
the Anoman Well (UTM easting 673819.520008, northing 9732223.28191, Zone
50S WGS84,). The model calculated the spatial extent of the oil released, the
direction and time in which the spill may travel, the thickness of the surface
slick (compared to significant thickness thresholds), and the magnitude and
duration of potentially toxic dissolved aromatic component concentrations
(compared to no-effect thresholds). Three release scenarios (for spills
volumes between 3,000 – 10,800 m3/d) were evaluated for two separate
months (March and October) and two separate wind conditions (at the end of
the northwest monsoon season and end of the southeast monsoon season.
In all scenarios the risk to the water column from aromatic concentrations
were above the no-effect threshold limits (ie. a 96-hour toxicity threshold of
310 ppb) and therefore having the potential to affect marine organisms.
Significant effects on fish are unlikely since mobile organisms will be able to
avoid the areas where concentrations are at the highest. Benthic organisms
are unlikely to be impacted by dissolved aromatics released by spills. At
more risk are birds and other species, and coastal communities making
contact with a surface hydrocarbon slick, particularly near the shoreline.
Sensitive ecosystems exist in coastal area of Mamuju Regency which are
susceptible to oil spill are thin strip of mangrove, coral reef, sea grass and
aquaculture i.e. tambak (brackish water shrimp/fish culture) and sea grass
cultivation.

EIA DRILLING
4-20
Impacts from oil released from an annulus blowout pose a medium to high
risk impact to organisms which contact the surface oil, depending on the
quantity released and time before any potential response efforts can contain
the release. Spills of this nature pose a low risk of acute toxic effect to the
aquatic biota. Several shorelines are however at risk within the first few days
after a release.
In all scenarios, spills ended up reaching the shoreline between one to five
days from release (see Table 4-18). Though much of the oil was predicted to
evaporate, the simulations indicate that oil components will persist,
remaining on the water surface before eventually reaching the shorelines.
The modelling predicts that the coastline of West Sulawesi will be hit first
followed by areas (to a lesser extent) along the South Sulawesi coast.
Karampuang Island was identified to be at high risk for shoreline impacts in
all scenarios except Scenario 1-3 and Scenario 1-4; however, even in these two
near-miss cases, the island could have been hit under slightly different
conditions.
Table 4-18 Summary of Model Results
shore (hrs)
Shoreline
Affected
Affected
Time to
Surface
(km2)
Area
(km)
Scenario Release Month Winds
1-1 8,000 m3/day for 5 days March Typical 171 41 1,703

1-2 8,000 m3/day for 5 days March Maximum 93 33 1,013
1-3 8,000 m3/day for 5 days October Typical 36 78 1,958
1-4 8,000 m3/day for 5 days October Maximum 84 26 1,447
2-1 3,000 m3/day for 120 days March Typical 504 51 1,478
2-2 3,000 m3/day for 120 days March Maximum 289 34 1,301
2-3 3,000 m3/day for 120 days October Typical 277 113 1,270
2-4 3,000 m3/day for 120 days October Maximum 299 44 1,157
3-1 10,800 m3/day for 120 March Typical 592 51 1,944
days
3-2 10,800 m3/day for 120 March Maximum 316 108 1,342
days
3-3 10,800 m3/day for 120 October Typical 286 106 1,380
days
3-4 10,800 m3/day for 120 October Maximum 359 54 1,244
days
Fortunately the occurrence of a blowout is very rare, and extensive

preventative/ control measures will be implemented to reduce the likelihood
of such events. Based on statistics by the International Association of Oil &
Gas Producers on blowout frequencies (for deep well), the likelihood of a
blowout occurring would be in the order of 1 blowout for every 695 wells
drilled (OGP, 2010). Average annual frequency of accidents related to drill
ships between 1990 – 2003 was 6.3 (total number of accidents recorded within
this period was 35).

EIA DRILLING
4-21
Statistics on oil spills occurring during offshore drilling activities indicate that
the likelihood of a large spill is low (this is based on statistics for oils spills
during drilling in Atlantic Margin between 1990 - 2002); the probability of an
oil spill occurring is one spill in every 29.6 wells drilled (AHL, 2004). The
most likely spills arise from loading and bunkering operations between the
drill ship and supply vessels.
Even with the application of the latest industry standards and consideration
of the highest standards of safety, accidental events may still occur.
Blowout/spills occurring within the Karama Block have the potential to have
significant impacts on the environment including potential health impacts.
An uncontrolled blow out could take many days or months to bring under
control. Impacts are therefore evaluated to be of high magnitude and high
sensitivity with an overall impact of Major Significance.

Magnitude of Impact High Medium
Value/sensitivity of High Medium
resources/receptor
Significance Major Moderate
The following measures should be implemented to reduce the likelihood and

consequence of accidents occurring:
• Development of an Oil Spill Contingency Plan that identifies
responsibilities of relevant personnel, defines spill response actions (eg.
for Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3), describes actions to be taken in the event of a
spill, communication procedures, reporting procedures, etc, including
ensuring that spill response mechanisms are in place and located in a
logistically suitable location (ie. based locally) that enables quick response
time;
• Provision, implementation and training of all staff on an Emergency
Prevention and Response Plans, including emergency training exercises;
• Ensure response equipment is available on site in areas identified as
sensitive;
• Ensuring a model can be run live in case of a spill;
• Ensure of notices to other mariners of activities in the area; and
• Presence of support vessels to warn other vessels in the area.
Provided mitigation measures are implemented and effective, residual

impacts associated with accidental impacts are considered to be of Moderate
Significance.

EIA DRILLING
4-22
4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS
4.9.1 Sources of Impacts
Socio-economic impacts that may occur due to the drilling exploration

program is the creation of employment opportunities and demand for goods
and services, ie. positive benefits from employment and service contracts.
Impacts have been assessed in terms of the likely duration and size of socio-
economic change. There are no specific performance expectations of
relevance to this assessment other than that project benefits on the
community should be enhanced to the extent possible.
4.9.2.1 Evaluation Criteria

The magnitude used for the assessment on socio-economic impacts are
presented in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19 Magnitude Criteria for Assessment of Socio-Economic Impacts

Low • Host population does not experience any socio-economic or socio-
cultural affects (positive or negative) as a result of the Project
• Host population experiences some socio-economic or socio-cultural
Medium affect in the short term but which leads to some change in their pre-
Project situation
• Host population experiences considerable socio-economic or socio-
High cultural affects in the long term resulting in significant and permanent
change in their pre-Project situation
The Karama Block Drilling Exploration Program will require ~ 140 personnel
(ie. on the drill vessel and supply and support vessels) who are likely to be
skilled operators/ technicians. Thus the potential for the Project to directly
engage the local people is limited.
Indirectly however, the Project itself and the workforce will demand
numerous services and supplies, both from specialist contractors and service
providers (eg. mud supply and handling contractors, waste contractors etc.)
and from the local market (eg. rental accommodation, food and
transportation providers). This has the potential to positively impact the
community surrounding the Balikpapan Supply Base however it is unlikely
to bring benefit to the population in the Mamuju Regency. The extent of the
Project and its duration means that any such benefits would however be
temporary and of low to medium magnitude. Overall, the Project is expected
to have at most a Minor Positive impact on the local economy.

EIA DRILLING
4-23
Magnitude of Impact Low - Medium Medium
Value/sensitivity of - -
resources/receptor
Significance Not – Significant - Minor Minor Positive
Positive
4.9.4 Mitigation Measures & Residual Impact
To enhance benefits from employment/ stimulation of the local economy it is

recommended that engagement of Indonesian-based service and supply
contractors are prioritised.

EIA DRILLING
4-24
EIA DRILLING
4-25
5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The objective of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to provide the

delivery mechanism for the commitments made in this EIA study. To assist
Statoil in implementing these recommendations, they have been brought
together as a register of actions and management plans within this outline
EMP. The aims of the EMP are:
• To ensure continuing compliance with legal requirements and Statoil

policies/ Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) principles;
• To provide the initial mechanism for ensuring that measures identified in
the EIA to mitigate potentially adverse impacts are implemented;
• To provide a framework for mitigating impacts during project execution;
• To provide assurance to regulators and stakeholders that their
requirements with respect to environmental performance will be met;
• To undertake monitoring to demonstrate that predictions made within
the EIA are valid; and
• To provide a framework for the compliance auditing and inspection
programs that will enable Statoil to be assured that its aims with respect
to environmental performance are being met.
5.2 STATOIL’S HSE PRINCIPLES
The HSE management system is an integral part of the Statoil total

management system. Statoil’s aim is to have zero impact on the environment.
Key environmental principles include:
• Acting according to the precautionary principle;

• Assessing all relevant environmental and social issues and minimizing
negative impact on the environment;
• Complying with applicable legislations and regulations;
• Setting specific targets and improvement measures based on relevant
knowledge of the affected area;
• Consulting and cooperating with relevant stakeholders;
• Working actively to limit the effects of fossil fuels on climate change by
addressing energy efficiency, emissions trading, etc;
• Seeking to maintain biodiversity and key ecosystem functions and values;
and

DRILLING EIA
5-1
• Minimising the generation of waste.
The Karama Block exploration program will be conducted in line with
Statoil’s HSE management system.
5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Table 5-1 summarizes the key identified environmental impacts associated

with the Karama Block exploration drilling program and mitigation measures
that shall be implemented to prevent unacceptable impacts. For each issue,
the mitigation, management and monitoring measures are presented along
with specific actions required to implement these measures, responsibilities,
timing and a means of verification.
The following should be noted when interpreting the table:
• The significance of residual impacts assumes that the recommended
mitigation measures have been fully implemented and that they have
been effective. Thus regardless of the level of significance presented, the
mitigation measures are required; and
• Actions have been numbered sequentially for each row item.
Responsibilities for implementing each numbered action, a timeframe and
a means of verifying that the action has been completed are then
presented with the same numbering (ie. Action # 1 is to be implemented
by the # 1 responsible person etc.).

DRILLING EIA
5-2
Table 5-1 Environmental Management Plan
Issue Activity/ Impact Mitigation/Enhancement Measures Significance Required Actions Responsibility Timing of Means of Verifying
Source of of Residual for Actions that Actions are
Impact Impact Implementation Complete
A. Air Exhaust Contribution to • Implement an effective maintenance Minor (1) Incorporate all (1) Statoil’s (1) Prior to (1) Requirements
Quality emissions climate change programme to optimise operations of significance mitigation measures Procurement contracting included in
from the engines to optimize fuel into the contractual Manager or starting contract
vessels, combustion and thus emissions; documents of (2) Site drilling documents
equipment, • Ensure the use of low sulphur fuel; drilling contractor contractors works (2) Requirements
etc • Where practicable, ensure the use of (2) Translate (3) Statoil’s (2) Prior to site included in
Marine Gas Oil as fuel rather than requirements into Exploration works drilling
Heavy Fuel Oil to reduce emissions; operating Manager starting program
and instructions/ (3) Fortnightly management
procedures and throughout instructions
brief personnel the drilling and
involved exploration procedures
(3) Audit contractor’s program (3) Audit records
adherence to the
measures

DRILLING EIA
5-3
B. Waste Handling, Potential Waste Management System (vessel’s Not (4) Incorporate (4) Statoil’s (4) Prior to (4) Requirements
generation storage and contamination of the Pollution Control and Waste Management significant requirements into Procurement contracting included in
and disposal disposal of marine environment Procedure), detailing: the contractual Manager (5) Fortnightly contract and
non- • Waste minimisation at source; documents and (5) Statoil’s throughout vessel
hazardous • Waste segregation by type; vessel’s Pollution Exploration exploration procedures
and • Transport of wastes in suitable Control and Waste Manager drilling (5) Audit records
hazardous containers to avoid leaks, wind blown Management program
wastes release of waste materials; Procedure
generated • Completion of transportation (5) Audit contractor’s
consignment notes to document the adherence to the
transfer of materials from offshore to measures
onshore;
• Recycling of waste where possible;
and
• Compliance with MARPOL Annex V
requirements (including the
prohibition of disposal of garbage into
the sea) on the drilling vessel, support
and supply vessels.
E. Water Discharge of Contamination of the • Conducting a comprehensive baseline Not (6) Incorporate (6) Statoil’s HSE (6) Prior to (6) Requirements
and drilling marine environment of the area to determine the likely significant, requirements into Manager & start of included in
sediment wastes and (reduction of water species present and their sensitivity provided no contractor Procurement drilling contract and
quality & wastewater quality, increased prior to beginning project activities. species of contractual Manager (7) Prior to vessel
benthic discharges suspended solids, ecological documents (7) Statoil’s HSE start of procedures
community and seabed value/ (7) Contract to conduct Manager drilling (7) Survey
blanketing from sensitivity is the baseline survey results/ report
settling of drill discovered and analysis
cuttings) leading to
toxic effects/
smothering of marine
fauna and sensitive
marine habitats,
including coral reef
and mangrove
ecosystems, as well

DRILLING EIA
5-4
as community fish
ponds.
F. Fisheries Drill vessel Constraints on • Notifying fishing authorities of Minor (8) Incorporate within (8) Statoil’s HSE (8) Prior to (8) Stakeholder
mobilization fisheries in the area planned activities; significance and implement a Manager, start of and Engagement
/ transit to • Acquisition and compensation of the Stakeholder Public during Plan
project site rumpons will follow the Governors Engagement Plan Relations drilling (9) Grievance
and Decree (9) Translate Officer & activities mechanism
presence of • Maintaining communication with requirements into Exploration (9) Prior to
support local communities/ fishermen operating Manager start of and
vessels notifying them of planned activities instructions/ (9) Statoil’s HSE during
and understanding their concerns; procedures and Manager drilling
• Conduct rumpon mapping and relevant personnel activities
identify rumpon that should be
removed within 1 km radius from
drilling area; and
• Ensuring procedures are in place for
dealing with claims for damaged
fishing gear etc. from local fishermen.
G. Blowout/ Marine pollution and • Development of an Oil Spill Reduced to (10) Prepare Oil Spill (10) Statoil’s HSE (10) Prior to (10) Oil Spill
Unplanned collision secondary impacts Contingency Plan that identifies ALARP Contingency Plan Manager and start of Contingency
events resulting in on ecology and responsibilities of relevant personnel, and circulate to Exploration drilling Plan in place
spills community health defines spill response actions (eg. for contractors Manager activities (11) Temporary
and safety Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3), describes (11) Provide the (11) Statoil’s HSE (11) Prior to onshore
actions to be taken in the event of a necessary logistics Manager start of logistical base
spill, communication procedures, onshore required to (12) Drilling drilling to respond to
reporting procedures, etc, including manage a large spill contractor activities spills
ensuring that spill response (12) Provide necessary (13) Statoil’s (12) Prior to (12) Training
mechanisms are in place and located training and Exploration start of and records and
in a logistically (ie. based locally) conduct drills to Manager during daily tool box
suitable location that enables quick support emergency (14) Statoil’s drilling talk minutes
response time; prevention and Exploration activities (13) Equipment on
• Provision, implementation and response plan Manager (13) Prior to vessel/
training of all staff on an Emergency (13) Provide necessary start of logistical base
Prevention and Response Plans, equipment on vessel drilling (14) Audit records
including emergency training to implement activities

DRILLING EIA
5-5
exercises; requirements (14) Fortnightly
• Ensuring a model can be run live in (14) Audit contractors’ throughout
case of a spill; adherence to drilling
• Ensure of notices to other mariners of requirements activities
activities in the area; and
• Presence of support vessels to warn
other vessels in the area.

DRILLING EIA
5-6
5.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.4.1 Role of Statoil Project Team
Ultimate responsibility for environmental performance of the Project lies with

Statoil. Statoil will have responsibility for monitoring the performance of the
contractor and also the overall Project. Where the measures set out in the
EIA/ EMP do not result in the achievement of objectives, Statoil will work
with the contractor to refine the measures.
On a day to day level, implementation of HSE responsibilities shall be

cascaded down throughout the organizational hierarchy incorporating all
staff involved in the implementation of the Project. Key players referenced in
this EMP as having day to day responsibilities for HSE management include:
• Exploration Manager – who shall have day to day responsibility for the
implementation of all aspects of this EMP;
• Senior Coordinator Drilling Procurement – who shall be responsible for

ensuring relevant requirements are translated into contractual and service
documents; reviewing the competency of contractors and service
providers to implement the necessary HSE requirements and holding
contractors and service providers to the implementation of these
requirements through monitoring and evaluation;
• HSE Manager – who shall be responsible for overseeing the

implementation of this EMP by assisting the Exploration and
Procurement Managers as relevant; preparing sub-management plans for
implementation by contractors as outlined in Table 5-1; auditing and
supervising contractors for adherence with the provisions of this EMP;
liaising and cooperating with government authorities on environmental
matters as relevant; preparing work and cost schedules for the monitoring
program; arranging for reporting of the results of the monitoring;
maintaining records and reports to document implementation; and
periodically reviewing and if necessary revising the contents of this plan
to ensure it fully reflects on site circumstances; and
• Government and Public Affair (GPA) Officer – who shall be responsible

for developing and implementing a Stakeholder Engagement Plan for the
Project, maintaining regular and positive dialogue with stakeholders in
line with this plan, documenting the results of engagement, recording and
addressing grievances and managing compensation processes on behalf
of Statoil.

DRILLING EIA
5-7
5.4.2 Role of Drilling Contractor
The contractor will be responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant
legislation, Statoil procedures as well as adherence to all environmental
controls and mitigation measures specified in the EIA report. This includes:
• Ensuring drill vessel procedures and management practices reflect the

requirements presented in this EMP and that the measures are fully
implemented;
• Ensuring relevant personnel, including sub-contractors, are aware of and
implement their responsibilities with respect to HSE management
through induction, competency evaluation, job descriptions and
employment contracts, training, briefings and disciplinary action;
• Assigning responsibility for HSE management on the drill vessel to a
named individual and ensuring that they are equipped to complete their
role with respect to this EMP;
• Conducting daily inspections of the drill vessel to check implementation
of the measures presented in this EMP, identify any actual impacts and to
remedy digressions immediately;
• Reporting any spills or identified impacts to Statoil immediately and
assisting in developing and implementing subsequent mitigation actions;
• Managing materials, fuels, chemicals, wastes, wastewater and equipment
etc on the drill vessel so as to prevent contamination of the marine
environment or the generation of excessive air emissions, debris, waste,
sediment, or noise;
• Managing, preventing and developing emergency plans in case of any
accident or emergency; and
• Passing relevant requirements to sub-contractors and services providers
and monitoring and enforcing their implementation.
Contractual documentation between Statoil and the contractor shall include a

clear description of the contractors’ obligations to implement the proposed
control and mitigation measures for the potential environmental impacts
identified in the EIA and EMP for the project.
5.5 COMPETENCIES AND TRAINING
For implementation of this EMP, and project environmental performance to

be successful, personnel responsible for its implementation will need to have
the relevant competencies, capabilities and job descriptions to enable them to
carry out their responsibilities efficiently and effectively. Taking into account
the role descriptions presented in Section 5.4, competencies of allocated staff

DRILLING EIA
5-8
shall be reviewed in line with existing Human Resources and Training
evaluations and development plans and programs implemented for
individual staff members to address gaps.
In addition to competencies in environmental management, personnel
involved in the implementation of this EMP shall also be required to have the
following competencies:
• Good appreciation of the activities relevant to the Project (as relevant);

• Sound understanding of the Project HSE performance expectations; and
• Leadership and program execution skills.
5.6 INSPECTION, AUDIT AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Regular audits and inspection (random spot checks) shall be undertaken

throughout the execution of the Project as outlined in Table 5-1. The
objectives of these reviews are to:
• Check that practices conform with planned arrangements including
implementation of mitigation and management measures and compliance
with legal and project commitments;
• Identify where existing planned arrangements (eg. measures outlined in
the EMP) do not meet the needs of Statoil or can be improved; and
• Establish information which can be used by management to continually
improve performance.
Three types of audits shall be undertaken:
1. Daily inspections by the Drill Vessel Master;

2. Fortnightly audits by Statoil personnel; and
3. Ad-hoc audits in response to accidental events.
5.6.1 Daily Inspections
Visual site inspections shall be conducted by the Drill Vessel Master on a

daily basis. All results of site inspections shall be documented and submitted
to Statoil.
5.6.2 Fortnightly Audits
Fortnightly conformance and compliance audits shall be conducted by Statoil.

All results of audits shall be documented and retained. Instances of non-
conformances shall be reported to the relevant Supervisors to ensure that
appropriate corrective and/or preventive action is taken.

DRILLING EIA
5-9
5.6.3 Ad-hoc Audits
These shall be triggered by an incident and will specifically seek to

understand the cause of the incident and identify a solution.
5.6.4 Audit Reporting
All audit findings shall be reviewed by the Statoil HSE Manager, and where
corrective actions are deemed necessary, specific plans (with designated
responsibility and timing) shall be developed aimed at addressing the specific
finding, any underlying issues and ultimately achieving continuous
improvement in performance.
5.7 REPORTING AND STAKEHOLDER COMMUNICATION
Contractors shall be required to report issues immediately to Statoil in the

event that monitoring and/ or inspection identifies issues which need to be
rectified immediately. Results of monitoring will indicate whether or not the
mitigation measures are effective. If a particular mitigation measure is found
to be ineffective, contractors shall be asked to stop work and take the
necessary corrective actions.
The results of monitoring, and any corrective actions implemented, shall be

shared with relevant stakeholders.
Dialogue with stakeholders will also be an important means of confirming

impact severity, particularly with respect to impacts on fisheries. A
Stakeholder Engagement Plan for the Project shall be prepared as stated in
Table 5-1 and shall include engagement to monitor impacts.
5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
Some potential environmental effects can be predicted with a degree of

precision. A number of effects can however only be accurately evaluated
once the activity commences (through impact monitoring). Monitoring will
be required in order to demonstrate compliance with legal limits and Statoil’s
project requirements (compliance monitoring).
Monitoring will also provide verification of the overall design and

effectiveness of the implemented control measures. The key objectives of
Statoil’s proposed monitoring activities are as follows:
• To monitor discharges and emissions to ensure compliance with relevant

standards and Statoil’s environmental objectives;
• To provide an early indication that any of the environmental control
measures or practices are failing to achieve acceptable standards; and

DRILLING EIA
5-10
• To determine whether environmental changes are attributable to the
Karama Block exploration drilling program, other activities or as a result
of natural variation.
In developing the monitoring program, the following considerations and
strategies have been applied:
• Consistent with internationally and locally acceptable practices;

• Responsive to detect environmental changes/ trends;
• Logistically practical; and
• Cost effective.
The following sections outline the recommended monitoring activities for the
exploration drilling program.
5.8.1 Seabed Sediments/ Benthic Community
It is recommended that a sediment/ benthic monitoring survey be conducted

to determine the type of benthic communities present and if there are any
sensitivities associated with these prior to beginning drilling activities.
Indicative parameters to be monitored are presented in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2 Monitoring of Sediments/ Benthic Community

Parameter Specification
Physico-chemical • Particle size distribution (PSD)
• Total organic carbon (TOC)
• Redox potential
Hydrocarbons • Total hydrocarbons
• Total petroleum hydrocarbons
• Total extractable hydrocarbon
• PAH (Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons)
Metals • Ba, Cr, Hg, Ni, V & Zn
Ecology • Macrobenthos - taxonomic name and numbers of
individuals of all identified species
5.8.2 Drilling Waste
Drilling wastes will be managed by Statoil’s Drilling Contractor. It is

recommended that the following information will be inventoried during
exploration drilling activities and presented to Statoil by the Drilling
Contractor:
• Drilling muds and chemicals used to drill the well which should include
the information provided in Table 5-3; and
• Collection of specific mud and cutting samples during drilling, for
analysis as outlined in Table 5-3.

DRILLING EIA
5-11
Table 5-3 Monitoring of Drilling Mud & Chemical Use: Drilling OCN
Reports
Parameter Specification
Reporting parameters • Mud type (WBM /SBM & their application)
• WBM composition & concentration of use
• SBM composition & concentration of use
• Specific mud constituents including, mercury
compounds, cadmium compounds, persistent
components (synthetic and hydrocarbons), and heavy
metals
• Total quantity of each mud type used
• Total quantity of each mud type discharged, loss to
formation and recovery plus estimation of total quantity
of base oil discharged
• Lithology and estimated volume of cuttings discharged
Analytical parameter • As indicated in Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources
Regulation No. 045 Year 2006
Responsible Person Drilling Contractor
5.8.3 Waste Management
Recommended monitoring requirements throughout drilling activities for

waste generation include the following:
• An inventory of waste types and volumes generated and transported to
shore for disposal will be maintained. A log of hazardous waste
produced and sent to shore for disposal will also be kept; and
• Waste consignment notes for all wastes transferred to shore will be held.
5.8.4 Accidental Events/ Upset Conditions
A log of non-routine events, spills and accidents will be maintained

throughout drilling operations and the necessary root cause analysis will be
undertaken.
5.9 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY/ RESPONSE PLAN
An Oil Spill Contingency Plan (OSCP) will be developed by Statoil for the
Karama Block Exploration Drilling project, taking into account Presidential
Regulation No. 109 of 2006 concerning emergency response for oil spillage in
the sea, and incorporated in the drill ship’s Shipboard Oil Pollution
Emergency Plan (SOPEP).
In the event of an oil spill, the response operations will be managed in

accordance with a tiered approach outlined in the OSCP/SOPEP. Response
measures will be managed/ directed from the emergency management
coordination centre (ie. at a suitable logistical location in terms of being able

DRILLING EIA
5-12
to respond to a spill) and, depending of the size/volume of the spill, will
include the following measures:
• Prevent, control or stop outflow of oil from the source;

• Deploy booms close to the source of the spill to contain the spread of oil;
• Monitor the movement and behaviour of the oil spill;
• Activate further response operations, to protect sensitive resources if
necessary; and
• Determine appropriate clean-up priorities and other response measures.
All wastes generated during the oil spill response and clean-up operations
will be disposed of according to the relevant legal requirements.
5.10 REVIEW AND REVISION
The EMP will be a “live” document. It will be reviewed by the Project team
prior to start of and during project activities, in consultation with Statoil’s
HSE department, on a periodic basis during the project. The EMP will be
updated as needed to provide effective management of environmental issues
associated with exploration drilling program.

DRILLING EIA
5-13
6 CONCLUSIONS
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Statoil Indonesia Karama As (Statoil) and partners plan to undertake an

exploration drilling program of three deep-water exploration wells at Karama
Block in the Makassar Strait, offshore West Sulawesi Province in 2011. The
purpose of this project is to discover the oil or gas targets identified from
interpretation of 3D seismic survey data.
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA or AMDAL) is not required

under Indonesian Regulation for exploration drilling activities. This IA is
being completed in line with Statoil’s corporate requirements and covers only
the exploration drilling activities for the Karama Block.
6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS
The key environmental concerns identified as requiring consideration for

impact assessment were:
• Air quality;
• Noise generation;
• Waste generation and disposal;
• Water quality;
• Fisheries;
• Unplanned events.
Baseline conditions of the project area covering physical, biological, and

socio-economic environment were comprehensively described based on
available secondary data. Data gaps were evident for information or
secondary data sources on fisheries, benthic communities, sensitive marine
receptors such as marine mammals, turtles, mangrove, coral reef and sea
weed/sea grass ecosystems in the project area.
6.3 OUTCOME OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT
The outcome of the impact assessment is presented in Section 4 and is

summarised as:
• Overall impacts to air quality are evaluated to be of Low Magnitude but
Medium Sensitivity (due to the vulnerability of Indonesia to climate
change impacts) with an overall impact of Minor Significance;

EIA DRILLING
6-1
• Offshore impacts from noise generation;
o As the area is a major spawning area for eels and important for
fisheries, and taking a conservative approach due to the lack of
information on fisheries and other sensitive marine receptors, impacts
are evaluated to be of Medium Magnitude and High Sensitivity, with
an overall impact of Moderate Significance with mitigation.
• Onshore impacts from noise generation
o Impacts are evaluated to be of Low Magnitude and Low Sensitivity
with the overall impact considered to be Not Significant.
• Provided wastes are managed appropriately, residual impacts associated
with the generation and disposal of wastes are reduced to Not Significant
• Impacts from the discharge of drilling wastes are evaluated to be of
Medium Magnitude and Medium Sensitivity with an overall impact of
Moderate Significance;
• Considering that only WBMs will accumulate near the well surface,
impacts to seabed and benthic communities are evaluated to be of Low
Magnitude and Medium Sensitivity (as the type of benthic species present
is currently unknown) with an overall impact of Minor Significance;
• Impacts from drilling activities are therefore evaluated to be of Medium
Magnitude and Medium Sensitivity. Overall impacts are therefore
considered to be of Moderate Significance and with mitigation of Minor
Significance.
• Even with the application of the latest industry standards and
consideration of the highest standards of safety, accidental events may
still occur. Blowout/ spills occurring within the Karama Block have the
potential to have significant impacts on the environment including
potential health impacts. An uncontrolled blow out could take many
days or months to bring under control. Impacts are therefore evaluated to
be of High Magnitude and High Sensitivity with an overall impact of
Major Significance. However, provided mitigation measures are
implemented and effective, residual impacts associated with accidental
impacts are considered to be of Moderate Significance.
6.4 SUMMARY CONCLUSION
On the basis of this assessment, it is concluded that, provided the in-place

mitigation and control measures are effective and all impacts associated with
the Project are managed appropriately as suggested no significant impacts are
anticipated for the drilling of the exploration wells in the Karama Block.

EIA DRILLING
6-2
EIA DRILLING
6-3
APPENDICES
Appendix 1: Oil Spill and Drilling Cuttings Modeling Result
Appendix 3: Analytical Result of Seabed Sediment Quality
Appendix 4: Stakeholder Engagement Meeting
Appendix 5: Master Impact Tables
Appendix 6: Drilling Chemical Characteristics

APPENDIX 1
OIL SPILL AND DRILLING CUTTINGS

MODELING RESULT
1 ACCIDENTAL OIL SPILLS
1.1 SIMULATION DESIGN
Modeling was performed to assess potential environmental impacts in the

event of an accidental release of hydrocarbons due to an annulus blowout at
the Anoman Well (UTM easting 673819.520008, northing 9732223.28191, Zone
50S WGS84,). The model calculated the spatial extent of the oil released, the
directions spills may travel, the thickness of the surface slick (compared to
significant thickness thresholds), the time of travel, and magnitudes and
durations of potentially toxic dissolved aromatic component concentrations
(compared to no-effect thresholds). The model assumes that there is no
intervention to reduce and manage the magnitude of spill such as use of
dispersants and recovery mechanisms.
A generic crude oil was assumed to be released from the sea floor. Three
release scenarios were evaluated for two separate months and two separate
wind conditions. The two months evaluated were March (the end of the
northwest monsoon season), and October (the end of the southeast monsoon
season). For each of the two months, typical and maximum wind scenarios
were run. In the first four scenarios (Scenarios 1-1 through 1-4), the release
was assumed to be 8000 m³/d over a period of five days. The models were
run for 18 days to evaluate the fate of the five-day release. In the second four
scenarios (Scenarios 2-1 through 2-4), the release was assumed to be 3000
m³/d for 112 days. In the third four scenarios (Scenarios 3-1 through 3-4), the
release was assumed to be 10800 m³/d over a period of 112 days. These
models were run for 120 days to assess the fate of the 112-day release.
Due to the unavailability of long period current meter records, deterministic

modeling was chosen over stochastic modeling to examine the probable
locations spills could travel. Modeled currents and metocean measurements
were selected from 2008, a year when a complete data set was available.
Though the results are limited to this representative year, and the conclusions
lack the range of potential outcomes associated with a probabilistic
assessment, the results are considered appropriate for an assessment of the
risks and quantification of the impacts associated with an oil spill. The
specific shorelines impacted and area of oil covering the water surface will
naturally vary in an actual emergency based on the winds, currents, and
release characteristics.

APPENDIX 1
3
Table 1-1 Spill modeling scenarios
Scenario Month Duration Volume (m³/d) Winds/Currents
Scenario 1-1 March 5 days 8000 Typical
Scenario 1-2 March 5 days 8000 Maximum Wind
Scenario 1-3 October 5 days 8000 Typical
Scenario 1-4 October 5 days 8000 Maximum Wind
Bathymetry was obtained from the US NOAA GEODAS Design-a-Grid

system (NOAA 2009) providing depth measurements every 1.9 km. An oil
spill grid (Figure 1-1) was constructed to cover an area 477 km in the north-
south direction (349 grid cells), and 188 km in the east-west direction (149
grid cells). Each grid cell near shorelines was subdivided into 16 sub-grid
cells (Figure 1-2) for higher resolution when modeling shoreline oiling.
Figure 1-1 Oil spill grid area (gray) and spill release loca-tion at the Anoman Well

APPENDIX 1
4
Figure 1-2 Close-up view of the oil spill grid with shoreline sub-grid
Using GEMSS® (Generalized Environmental Modeling System for

Surfacewaters) and its oil spill module, COSIM (Chemical/Oil Spill Impact
Module), each spill was simulated using 500 independent particles to
represent the spill mass. Each particle was affected by currents, winds,
randomized dispersion factors, and weathering. The GEMSS-COSIM
modeling system produces time-varying mass balances and tracks the fate of
the released chemical constituents into the various phases and forms
including the surface slick, shoreline, atmosphere, water column (dissolved
or entrained), and sediment deposition. Fate is computed for the following
processes: advection, spreading, evaporation, dispersion, dissolution,
emulsification, photo-oxidation, sinking, sedimentation, and biodegradation.
Summaries of scenario results are provided in terms of the locations of
surface oiling, time of travel for the surface oil, maximum dissolved
concentrations of aromatics and the potential shoreline areas covered. The
model was run until all oil mass had left the water surface onto the land, air,
water column, or left the model domain.
COSIM performs simultaneous mass balances for a full suite of specific

chemicals or groupings of chemicals with similar properties. This feature
enables greater modeling precision by applying chemical specific rates for

APPENDIX 1
5
parameters such as solubility, evaporation, and solids partitioning. The
theoretical formulation of COSIM can be found in Kolluru et al. (1994).
GEMSS® and its component modules have met agency approval among
federal and state governments within the U.S. Outside the U.S., GEMSS® and
its various software modules have also been approved by regulatory agencies
in the Bahamas, Qatar, India, Australia, UK, and Canada.
1.2 METOCEAN DATA
Modeled currents were provided for the Indonesian Throughflow by the U.S.
Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) from the results of the EAS NCOM 1/16
degree sigma/z Ocean Model. The NRL provided current velocities in an
evenly spaced grid across 17 locations from 118° E to 119° E and 17 locations
from 2° S to 3° S across 70 unevenly spaced depths from 0 m (surface) to 5400
m.
Table 1-2 NRL modeled current depths

Depth (m) Depth (m) Depth (m) Depth (m) Depth (m)
0 55 150 1600 2800
2 60 160 1800 3000
4 65 170 1000 3200
6 70 180 1100 3400
8 75 190 1200 3600
10 80 200 1300 3800
15 85 220 1400 4000
20 90 240 1500 4200
25 95 1000 1600 4400
30 100 1100 1800 4600
35 110 1200 2000 4800
40 120 1300 2200 5000
45 130 1400 2400 5200
50 140 1500 2600 5400
Though the spills were simulated to originate from the sea floor, the oil was
calculated to rise quickly to the surface where it was primarily affected by
surface currents. The surface currents in March and October 2008 differed
greatly. Surface currents modeled by the NRL in March 2008 averaged 0.22
m/s and flowed primarily towards the northwest, north, northeast, and east
(Figure 1-3). Currents in October 2008, however, traveled only to the south at
an average of 1 m/s (Figure 1-4).

APPENDIX 1
6
Figure 1-3 March 2008 current rose
The convention for current direction is “going to”, i.e., the direction the water is heading.

APPENDIX 1
7
Figure 1-4 October 2008 current rose

APPENDIX 1
8
Figure 1-5 Grid of NRL model output locations for current values
Local meteorological data (winds) were obtained from the Asia Pacific Data
Research Center (APDRC) for coordinates 118.6° E Longitude, 2.1º S Latitude.
While both March and October had significant winds from the east and west,
wind rose diagrams (Figure 1-6 and Figure 1-7) showed an additional strong
influence of winds from the southwest in March 2008 and from the northeast
in October.
For maximum wind scenarios, winds were fixed at a constant direction

heading east towards the shoreline. The wind speeds were calculated as the
maximum value for the given scenario’s month (March or October) over all of
the years available from the APDRC data (1999 through 2009).
Air temperature and dew point temperature were obtained from the U.S.
Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) for
the Ujung Pandang-Hasanudin Airport (Station WAAA) in southwestern
Sulawesi.

APPENDIX 1
9
Figure 1-6 March 2008 wind rose
The convention for wind direction is “coming from”.

APPENDIX 1
10
Figure 1-7 October 2008 wind rose
1.3 OIL PROPERTIES AND TOXICITY
In the absence of a site specific chemical assay, the modeled crude oil was
based on a chemical assay of a crude oil from a confidential offshore drilling

APPENDIX 1
11
site. The oil chosen was an intermediate weight oil to represent properties as
a mid-point between heavy and light crudes. A typical intermediate API
gravity of 32.75 and a moderate viscosity of 8.2 cp at 25 °C were assigned to
describe the whole oil for calculations of oil spreading and dispersion on the
water surface. For calculations of the fate (evaporation, emulsification,
entrainment, etc.) and water column dissolved concentrations, the oil was
further described into specific components (“cuts”) based on chemical assays
of the intermediate crude oil. The model’s cut-specific properties are listed in
Table 1-3. COSIM calculates the fate and of each component of the oil
separately. The total volume released is divided between each oil cut based
on the mass proportions described in the assay. The mass proportions are
converted into volumetric proportions based on each cut’s average density.
The crude oil components’ properties are described by seven cuts:
• C6-C7 Aromatics
• C8-C9 Aromatics
• Naphthalenes
• nC4 Butane
• nC5 Pentane
• nC6 Hexane and other Paraffins
• Resins / Heavy Residuals
The C1-C5 aromatics together comprised less than 2.5% of the total mass and
were combined into the C6-C7 category (though the properties of C6-C7
aromatics were used).
For the toxicological assessment, the sum of the dissolved aromatic

hydrocarbons was calculated to assess the potential for acute aquatic impacts
to biota from narcosis. Toxicity thresholds for aromatics are found in the
literature as a function of 96-hour LC50 concentrations. According to
recommendations by Nilsen et al. (2006), threshold values based on effect
limits as a function of species sensitivity to specific dissolved oil components
were determined. Using this methodology, the threshold for aromatics may
be up to 99 ppb for PAHs, and 2523 ppb for monoaromatics. The toxicity of
the dissolved components will change over time as various compounds will
leave the dissolved state at different rates. For a conservative threshold,
including components less likely to be solubilized, a weighted average of the
each component’s threshold concentration was calculated to be 310 ppb,
derived from the components found in the whole oil (Table 1-4). Threshold
values would be higher if the proportioning was based on the dissolved
components at each time step. Note that the geometric mean of the C6 and C7
threshold concentrations was taken to compute the C6-C7 aromatic threshold
since the LC50 values from which the thresholds were derived are assumed to
be log normally distributed. Similarly, geometric means were taken for C8-C9
aromatics and two categories of naphthalenes provided by Nilsen et al.

APPENDIX 1
12
Table 1-3 Properties of representative intermediate crude oil
Cut Name C6-C7 C8-C9 Naphtha nC4 nC5 nC6 Hexane Resins and
Aromat Aromatic lenes Butane Pentane Other Heavy
ics s Paraffins Residuals
Boiling point (°C) 105.9 136.1 271.7 -0.5 36.1 68.7 400.0
Melting point (°C) N/A N/A 47.2 N/A N/A N/A 200.0
% volume in liquid 11.7 11.7 7.0 1.7 2.0 20.4 45.5
Solubility (mg/l) 25°C 719.0 169.0 6.0 72.0 0.0001 9.5 0.00025
Molecular 90.0 106.2 170.3 58.1 72.2 86.0 350.0
weight (g/mole)
Vapor pressure 5.14E+ 1.28E+03 9.65E-01 1.15E+05 6.00E+04 6.89E+04 1.00E-03
(Pa) 25°C 03
Density (gm/cc) 0.868 0.867 0.997 0.584 0.626 0.664 0.985
Latent heat of N/A N/A N/A 385.20 357.27 331.45 N/A
liquid (KJ/Kg)
Dynamic Viscosity (cP) 0.583 0.703 0.780 0.210 0.217 0.314 N/A
Diffusion coefficient 0.091 0.074 N/A 0.0971 0.086 0.0779 N/A
*Note: Unavailable (N/A) values were replaced internally by model calculated estimates
Table 1-4 Threshold concentrations by oil component cuts (whole oil)

Oil Cut % Volume Threshold
5% Lethal Risk
(ppb)
C6-C7 Aromatics 11.7 1332.0
C8-C9 Aromatics 11.7 179.3
Naphthalenes 7.0 44.7
nC4 Butane 1.7 3100.0
nC5 Pentane 2.0 549.7
nC6 Hexane and other Paraffins 20.4 311.9

Resins and Heavy Residuals 45.5 4.4
1.4 RESULTS
The model results are presented as color contour maps representing locations
that may have significant surface oiling or shoreline oiling at some point after
a spill until the surface slick has all evaporated, hit shoreline, or left the model
domain. Significant surface oiling is defined as any oil having a thickness
above the minimum thickness threshold, a value that protects aquatic biota
from being smothered. This threshold is calculated as 0.1 µm, an order of
magnitude below a minimum smothering thickness of 1 µm (French et al,
1999; NOAA 1996). Thicknesses less than the 0.1 µm threshold are typically
invisible to the eye (Koops, 1985). In COSIM, the threshold thickness is
translated into units of mass per surface area (0.04 g/m²) calculated from the
thickness threshold multiplied by the oil density. Model output is presented
for those locations with surface oil mass per unit area equal to or greater than
the 0.04 g/m² threshold.
Travel time diagrams use color contours to identify the time when oil was
present at a given location on the water surface. The diagrams are adjusted to
only show locations with significant surface oiling. Note that oil may contact
the surface of a location, pass through, and then return back to the same

APPENDIX 1
13
location at a later time. The travel time color will be associated with the latest
time the oil contacted that location.
Mass balance plots describe the fate of the oil as time-varying percentages of
the total mass for the five primary phases: the surface oil, dissolved,
entrained (whole oil droplets suspended in the water column), stranded on
shorelines, and mass evaporated or volatilized into the atmosphere.
1.4.1 Scenario 1-1 – March (Typical Winds), 5 day release, 8000 m³/d
In the first scenario, during March a five day constant release of crude oil rose
from the sea floor to the surface within a day and traveled to the east. Before
contacting the shore, the trajectory spread both north and south from the well
location until contacting shoreline after 40 hours (Figure 1-8). The shorelines
of Karampuang Island were oiled within 6 days after the initial release. After
a week from the initial release, the surface oil spread towards the shores of
South Sulawesi. Some oil on saturated shorelines returned to the sea and
oiled other shorelines to the south. A total of approximately 170 km of
shoreline accumulated oil resulting from this release. The surface area with
significant oil thickness is shown in Figure 1-9. Significantly thick oil
contacted a cumulative area of 1703 km². The travel time diagram (Figure
1-10) shows significant oiling was estimated to be present up to 20 days after
the release.
Aromatics dissolved into the water column are computed to exceed the
toxicological threshold of 310 ppb, reaching maximum concentrations in
many areas in the plume up to 1000 ppb. To quantify the amount of threshold
exceedance, the highest concentrations at each grid cell location over depth
and time were computed (Figure 1-11). In this scenario, 161 km² of surface
area had concentrations that at some point exceeded the 310 ppb threshold.
Vertically within the water column, besides at the release location, the largest
dissolved concentrations were calculated mostly at the surface layers of the
model beneath the surface slick before diluting with depth. Though the risk
of exposure to benthic organisms is minimal, pelagic species remaining in the
concentrated plume near the surface can be at risk of experiencing narcotic
effects from dissolved aromatics. Exceeding a toxic threshold does not
necessarily indicate an acute toxicological response will definitely occur, but
that the risk of fish mortality is elevated. For mortality to occur, an organism
needs to be exposed to lethal concentrations for a significant duration.
Additionally, organisms have varying sensitivities such that an identical
exposure may or may not cause mortality to the same species. The threshold
was conservatively estimated and based on studies wherein test organisms
died after a 96-hour exposure. Shorter durations correlate with exponentially
larger concentrations necessary to cause an equivalent lethal effect. If
organisms are only briefly exposed to lethal concentrations before traveling
below or away from the area, mortality can be avoided.

APPENDIX 1
14
Figure 1-8 Scenario 1-1 – trajectory and shoreline oiling

APPENDIX 1
15
Figure 1-9 Scenario 1-1 – significant surface oiling

APPENDIX 1
16
Figure 1-10 Scenario 1-1 – time of travel (for significant oiling)

APPENDIX 1
17
Figure 1-11 Scenario 1-1 – maximum dissolved aromatic concentrations

APPENDIX 1
18
The mass balance plot (Figure 1-12) describes the fate of the oil over time
transferring into various phases and forms. The model ended after 18 days
when the final 8% of oil remaining on the water surface contacted shorelines
adding to the 23% already on the shores. After 18 days, 18% of the initial
mass had transferred to the atmosphere. The dissolved concentration reached
a plateau around 26% of the total mass after a week. Entrained oil mass was
initially 100% when first released from the sea floor, but decreased to
negligible levels after 10 days. The remaining mass adsorbs to suspended
solids and sinks to the sediments.
Scenario 1-1 Mass Balance
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 336 360 384 408 432 456
Hours from Release
Figure 1-12 Scenario 1-1 – mass balance
1.4.2 Scenario 1-2 – March (Maximum Winds), 5 day release, 8000 m³/d
Scenario 1-2 was identical to Scenario 1-1 except the winds were held constant
at 8.2 m/s, blowing towards the east. This speed is the maximum easterly
wind speed in March measured over all 11 years of meteorological data (1999
through 2009). These high winds dominated the movement of oil on the
surface, causing a more focused area of shoreline oiling within 33 hours after
the initial release (Figure 1-13) including Karampuang Island. Three days
after the 5-day release period ended, all of the oil had left the water surface.
The total water surface area covered with a significant thickness of oil at some
time during the 8-day event was 1013 km² (Figure 1-14). About 93 km of
shoreline was oiled in all.
Figure 1-15 shows the travel time, indicating the northern part of the shoreline
was contacted before the southern areas.
As in Scenario 1-1, the dissolved aromatics dissolved into the water column is
computed to exceed the 310 ppb threshold (Figure 1-16) at locations typically
beneath the surface slick, with maximum values ranging typically between 10

APPENDIX 1
19
ppb to 1000 ppb (Figure 1-16). Over the entire duration of the model
simulation, and through all depths, 120 km² of surface area exceeded the
threshold at some point in time.
The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-17) shows the shoreline oiling began after
33 hours until ultimately 23% of the mass was stranded on shore. The amount
of oil evaporated or volatilized into the atmosphere rose steadily to 18% after
18 days. Dissolved oil reached a maximum of 26% of the total mass. Surface
oil mass accounted for 7% to 8% of the total mass before ultimately
transferring to the shoreline. The remaining mass adsorbs to suspended
solids and sinks to the sediments.

APPENDIX 1
20

APPENDIX 1
21

APPENDIX 1
22
Figure 1-15 Scenario 1-2 – travel time (for significant oiling)

APPENDIX 1
23

APPENDIX 1
24
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 336 360 384 408 432 456
Hours from Release
1.4.3 Scenario 1-3 – October (Typical Winds), 5 day release, 8000 m³/d
Scenario 1-3 is identical to Scenario 1-1 except the wind and current data are
for October instead of March. The currents provided by the US Navy were
radically different in October compared to March, because the October
currents were predominantly directed towards the south. In this scenario, no
shoreline was impacted until 78 hours after the initial release (Figure 1-18).
The oil traveled south covering 1958 km² (Figure 1-19) after 18 days (Figure
1-20). Karampuang Island was not hit, though only by a near-miss. The travel
time plot shows the oil generally moved from the west to the east as it
traveled southward past Sulawesi. The maximum dissolved aromatic
concentration typically ranged between 1 ppb and 1000 ppb under the surface
slick trajectory from the release location towards West Sulawesi (Figure 1-21).
Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and through all depths, 46
km² of surface area exceeded the 310 ppb threshold at some point in time. The
mass balance plot (Figure 1-22) shows the various forms of the oil stabilized
after the 5-day release to fairly constant values after 2-weeks: 33% on the
surface, 13% in the atmosphere, 31% dissolved, 2% on the shore and a
negligible amount entrained.
The remaining mass adsorbs to suspended solids and sinks to the sediments.

APPENDIX 1
25

APPENDIX 1
26

APPENDIX 1
27
Figure 1-20 Scenario 1-3 – travel time (for significant oiling)

APPENDIX 1
28

APPENDIX 1
29
100
Surface
Atmosphere
80
Dissolved
Shoreline
60 Entrained
% of Total Mass
40
20
0
0 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 336 360 384 408 432 456
-20
Hours from Release
1.4.4 Scenario 1-4 – October (Maximum Winds), 5 day release, 8000 m³/d
at 11.2 m/s, blowing towards the east, at the maximum easterly wind speed
measured in October over all the 11 years of meteorological data (1999
through 2009). Though the currents dominated the overall direction of the
spill, the wind directed the surface oil towards the southeast, first contacting
shoreline 55 km away after 1 day (Figure 1-23). The oil remained at a
significant thickness throughout the time on the surface (Figure 1-24),
covering an area of 1447 km². The oil continued to contact some shorelines in
South Sulawesi and West Sulawesi, but mostly heading south away from
Sulawesi’s coast (Figure 1-25), leaving a total of 84km of shoreline oiled.
Though having several near-misses, Karampuang Island was not oiled.
However, under slightly different circumstances, oil could have contacted the
island. Maximum dissolved concentrations mostly ranged between 1 ppb and
1000 ppb (Figure 1-26). Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and
through all depths, 53 km² of surface area exceeded the threshold at some
point in time.
The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-27) showed that after five days, the
amount of oil on the water surface peaks at 44% and decreased to 20%
remaining on the surface heading south past Sulawesi. At the end of the
model simulation, 8% of the total oil mass was stranded on the shoreline. The
remaining mass adsorbs to suspended solids and sinks to the sediments.

APPENDIX 1
30

APPENDIX 1
31
Figure 1-24 Scenario 1-4 – significant surface oiling (for significant oiling)

APPENDIX 1
32
Figure 1-25 Scenario 1-4 – travel time

APPENDIX 1
33

APPENDIX 1
34
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 336 360 384 408 432 456
Hours from Release
Scenario 2-1 was similar to Scenario 1-1 except it extended the release from 5
days to 112 days, with a rate of release decreased from 8000 m³/d to 3000
m³/d. Oil contacted 504 km of shoreline by the end of the model run (Figure
1-28) including Karampuang Island. The total area of water surface oiled with
a significant thickness was 1944 km² (Figure 1-29). The oil first contacted
shore directly east of the release within 51 hours and continued oiling
shorelines there and to the south (Figure 1-30). The highest concentrations of
dissolved aromatics surrounded the shores of West Sulawesi, typically
ranging between 1 and 1000 ppb (Figure 1-31). Over the entire duration of the
model simulation, and through all depths, 20 km² of surface area exceeded
the threshold at some point in time. The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-32)
showed that after the four month model simulation, 21% of the oil mass was
stranded on the shoreline, 40% was in the atmosphere, 27% had dissolved,
and 11% remained on the water surface without contacting shoreline.

APPENDIX 1
35

APPENDIX 1
36

APPENDIX 1
37

APPENDIX 1
38

APPENDIX 1
39
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
Scenario 2-2 was similar to Scenario 2-1 except it applied maximum winds
calculated from historical values for each month in the simulation period
(March through June). These values were 8.2 m/s (March), 9.4 m/s (April),
8.8 m/s (May), and 9.2 m/s (June). Ultimately, oil contacted 289 km of
shoreline after the 112-day release (Figure 1-33). The total area of water
surface oiled with a significant thickness was 1301 km² (Figure 1-34),
including Karampuang Island. The oil mostly contacted shore directly east of
the release, first making contact within 34 hours, but also and to the south
after 19 days (Figure 1-35). The highest concentrations of dissolved aromatics
surrounded the shores of West Sulawesi, typically ranging between 1 and
1000 ppb (Figure 1-36). Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and
through all depths, 85 km² of surface area exceeded the threshold at some
point in time.
The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-37) showed that after the four month
release, 25% of the oil mass was stranded on the shoreline once the remaining
mass on the water surface was stranded on shore. The 43% of the mass was
ultimately evaporated, and 31% was dissolved.

APPENDIX 1
40

APPENDIX 1
41

APPENDIX 1
42

APPENDIX 1
43

APPENDIX 1
44
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
In Scenario 2-3 the surface oil first contacted the shorelines within 113 hours
after the initial release and ultimately contacted 277 km of shoreline
including Karampuang Island (Figure 1-38). A significantly thick oil layer
covered 1270 km² of water surface through the 4-month release (Figure 1-39).
The oil traveled south but avoided the South Sulawesi shorelines until 25
days after the release (Figure 1-40). Dissolved concentrations typically ranged
from 1 to 1000 ppb with the greatest intensity between the Anoman Well and
the West Sulawesi coast (Figure 1-41). Over the entire duration of the model
simulation, and through all depths, 75 km² of surface area exceeded the
threshold at some point in time. The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-42)
showed that ultimately after the 4-month simulation, 11% of the mass hit the
shoreline, while 16% on the surface continued to float south past Sulawesi. At
that time, 31% of the mass is dissolved and 41% evaporates into the
atmosphere.

APPENDIX 1
45

APPENDIX 1
46

APPENDIX 1
47

APPENDIX 1
48

APPENDIX 1
49
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
Scenario 2-4 was similar to Scenario 2-3 except it applied maximum winds
calculated from historical values for each month in the simulation period
(October through January). These values were 11.2 m/s (October), 7.6 m/s
(November), 11.2 m/s (December), and 9.2 m/s (January). Oil contacted 299
km of shoreline by the end of the model run (Figure 1-43). The total area of
water surface oiled with a significant thickness was 1157 km² (Figure 1-44),
including Karampuang Island. The oil first contacted shore directly east of the
release within 44 hours, and oiled shoreline to the south after 4 days (Figure
1-45). The highest concentrations of dissolved aromatics surrounded the
shores of West Sulawesi, typically ranging between 1 and 1000 ppb (Figure
1-46). Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and through all
depths, 99 km² of surface area exceeded the threshold at some point in time.
The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-47) showed that after the four month
release, 13% of the oil mass was stranded on the shoreline while 16% on the
surface continued to float south past Sulawesi. At the end of the simulation,
39% of the mass evaporated, and 31% was dissolved.

APPENDIX 1
50

APPENDIX 1
51

APPENDIX 1
52

APPENDIX 1
53

APPENDIX 1
54
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
Scenario 3-1 was identical to Scenario 2-1 except the release rate was
increased from 3000 m³/d to 10800 m³/d. The oil traveled in a similar manner
except oil covered more shoreline and more surface area on the water surface.
In this scenario, oil ultimately contacted 592 km of shoreline (Figure 1-48). A
significantly thick oil slick on the water surface covered 1943 km² throughout
the 112 day release (Figure 1-49). The oil first contacted shore within 51 hours
and continued oiling the western coastal shorelines from north to south
(Figure 1-50). Maximum dissolved aromatic concentrations typically ranged
between 1 ppb to 1000 ppb, with a few small areas reaching over 10,000 ppb
(Figure 1-51). Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and through
all depths, 1,022 km² of surface area exceeded the threshold at some point in
time. The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-52) showed that after the 112-days
of continuous release, shoreline oiling decreased from a maximum nearly
16% of the mass down to 5% by the end, mostly due to evaporative losses. Oil
transferred to the atmosphere steadily increased, and accounted for 52% of
the mass after 120 days. The remainder of the mass was either dissolved
(28%) or remained on the surface travelling south of Sulawesi (13%).

APPENDIX 1
55

APPENDIX 1
56

APPENDIX 1
57

APPENDIX 1
58

APPENDIX 1
59
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
increased from 3000 m³/d to 10800 m³/d. The stronger wind influence
restricted the oil to a smaller water surface area and amount of shorelines
oiled than in Scenario 3-1, but the long duration of the spill limited the
differences between the two scenarios. In this scenario, oil ultimately
contacted 316 km of shoreline (Figure 1-53). A significantly thick oil slick on
the water surface covered 1342 km² throughout the 112 day release (Figure
1-54). The oil first contacted shore within 415 hours and continued oiling the
western coastal shorelines of Sulawesi (Figure 1-55). Maximum dissolved
aromatic concentrations typically ranged between 1 ppb to 1000 ppb with a
few small areas reaching over 10,000 ppb (Figure 1-56). Over the entire
duration of the model simulation, and through all depths, 1,031 km² of
surface area exceeded the threshold at some point in time, the highest of all
the simulations. The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-57) showed that after the
112-days of continuous release, 29% of the mass was dissolved. Shoreline
oiling decreased from a high of 14% of the mass down to 5% by the end,
mostly due to evaporative losses (29% of the mass). The remainder of the
mass remaining on the surface (9%) ultimately hit shoreline once the model
ended, raising the percentage on the shoreline up to 14% of the total mass.

APPENDIX 1
60

APPENDIX 1
61

APPENDIX 1
62

APPENDIX 1
63

APPENDIX 1
64
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
increased from 3000 m³/d to 10800 m³/d. The oil traveled in a similar manner
to Scenario 2-3, covering 9 km more shoreline (286 km in total) with more oil
mass and 110 km² more surface area on the water surface (1380 km² in total)
(Figure 1-58 and Figure 1-59). The oil first contacted shore within 108 hours
and continued oiling the western coastal shorelines from north to south
(Figure 1-60). Maximum dissolved aromatic concentrations typically ranged
between 1 ppb to 1000 ppb, with a few small areas reaching over 10,000 ppb
(Figure 1-61). Over the entire duration of the model simulation, and through
all depths, 622 km² of surface area exceeded the threshold at some point in
time. The mass balance analysis (Figure 1-62) showed that after the 112-days
of continuous release, shoreline oiling decreased from a maximum nearly 7%
of the total mass down to 3% by the end of the release, mostly due to
evaporative losses and oil on the surface floating south past Sulawesi. Oil
transferred to the atmosphere steadily increased, and accounted for 43% of
the mass after 120 days. The remainder of the mass was either dissolved
(31%) or remained on the surface (22%).

APPENDIX 1
65

APPENDIX 1
66

APPENDIX 1
67

APPENDIX 1
68

APPENDIX 1
69
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
at historic monthly maximum values as described in Section 1.4.8. The oil
traveled in a similar manner to Scenario 2-3, but was driven further onto the
land covering 73 km more shoreline (359 km in total) and 136 km² less surface
area on the water surface (1244 km² in total) (Figure 1-63 and Figure 1-64).
The oil first contacted shore within 54 hours and continued oiling the western
coastal shorelines from north to south (Figure 1-65). Maximum dissolved
aromatic concentrations typically ranged between 1 ppb to 1000 ppb, with a
few small areas reaching over 10,000 ppb (Figure 1-66). Over the entire
duration of the model simulation, and through all depths, 636 km² of surface
area exceeded the threshold at some point in time. The mass balance analysis
(Figure 1-67) showed that after the 112-days of continuous release, shoreline
oiling decreased from a maximum over 15% of the total mass down to 5% by
the end of the release, mostly due to evaporative losses and oil on the surface
floating south past Sulawesi. Oil transferred to the atmosphere steadily
increased, and accounted for 45% of the mass after 120 days. The remainder
of the mass was either dissolved (32%) or remained on the surface (17%).

APPENDIX 1
70

APPENDIX 1
71

APPENDIX 1
72

APPENDIX 1
73

APPENDIX 1
74
100
Surface
90 Atmosphere
80 Dissolved
Shoreline
70
Entrained
% of Total Mass
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Hours from Release
1.5 CONCLUSION
The simulations presented in this study represent low probability, high risk
situations relative to potential impacts to the environment. Though much of
the oil is predicted to evaporate, the simulations show components in the oil
will persist, remaining on the water surface at a significant thickness before
reaching shorelines in both the typical and maximum wind scenarios. This
residue may in fact clump together in patches rather than form a uniform
surface slick; thus the simulation should be interpreted as the general areas of
potential coverage where oil may be observed, not necessarily as the total
surface area of coverage.
A summary of each scenario is provided in Table 1-5. Shoreline oiling is

predicted to occur between one to five days from release. Shoreline oiling
occurs on the coast of West Sulawesi first, and in most cases can occur to a
lesser extent later along the South Sulawesi coast. The amount of shoreline
oiled ranged from 36 km (Scenario 1-3) to 592 km (Scenario 3-1). The
shorelines oiled in the four Scenario 1 simulations after 5-days of oil releases
were at similar locations compared to the shorelines oiled during the 112-day
release scenarios, but the total length of shorelines oiled and the amount of
mass deposited on those shorelines are much greater in the 112-day release
scenarios. The longer the duration of the release, the greater the likelihood of
oil reaching coastline in South Sulawesi. However, regardless of the duration,
the majority of the significant surface oiling mass is concentrated off the coast
of West Sulawesi. Karampuang Island was determined to be at high risk for
shoreline impacts in all scenarios except Scenario 1-3 and Scenario 1-4;

APPENDIX 1
75
however, even in these two near-miss cases, the island could have been hit
under slightly different conditions.
The differences between the typical and the maximum wind scenarios are
evident in the location of shoreline contact, amount of oil on the surface, and
the time to reach the shoreline. Under constant maximum westerly wind
conditions, the time for oiled shorelines was reduced, most especially in
March (taking 26 hours, the shortest time to contact shoreline, in Scenario 1-
3). The longest time to contract shoreline occurred in October under typical
wind conditions (113 hours in Scenario 2-3). The amount of oil on the water
surface is generally reduced in the maximum wind scenarios due to westerly
wind forcing the oil onto shorelines. For example, the smallest amount of
surface oiling, 1,013 km², occurred in Scenario 1-2 compared to 1,702 km²
oiled under typical winds in Scenario 1-1. The greatest amount of surface
oiling occurred in Scenario 3-1 (1,944 km²).
Table 1-5 Summary of model results

Scenario Release Month Winds Oiled Time to Surface
Shore Contact Area
(km) Shore (hrs) Oiled
(km²)
1-1 8000 m³/d March Typical 171 41 1703
5 days
1-2 8000 m³/d March Maximum 93 33 1013
5 days
1-3 8000 m³/d October Typical 36 78 1958
5 days
1-4 8000 m³/d October Maximum 84 26 1447
5 days
2-1 3000 m³/d March Typical 504 51 1478
112 days
2-2 3000 m³/d March Maximum 289 34 1301
112 days
112 days
112 days
3-1 10800 m³/d March Typical 592 51 1944
112 days
3-2 10800 m³/d March Maximum 316 108 1342
112 days
112 days
112 days

APPENDIX 1
76
Table 1-6 Summary of dissolved aromatics compared to the toxic threshold
Scenario Maximum Area with Dissolved Aromatics
Above Threshold (km²)
1-1 161
1-2 120
1-3 46
1-4 53
2-1 20
2-2 85
2-3 75
2-4 99
3-1 1022
3-2 1031
3-3 622
3-4 636
Dissolved concentrations of hydrocarbons, in particular the soluble aromatics,

are the components of oil typically of concern to the aquatic biota in the water
column during oil spills. A toxic threshold for aromatics was calculated to be
310 ppb, derived from 96-hour LC50 values. In all scenarios, the maximum
water column aromatic concentrations at times exceeded this threshold,
indicating a risk of water column injury to aquatic biota. However, this risk is
mitigated by the ability of fish to avoid the toxic plume at the water surface
where the concentrations are most likely to be highest. As a result, though
pelagic species are at risk, benthic organisms are unlikely to be impacted by
dissolved aromatics released by such spills. Variations of the amount of
water, in terms of the maximum surface area of water which exceeded the
aromatic toxic threshold at any time and depth during the model simulation,
are summarized in Table 1-6. The scenarios with the largest release rate in
March (Scenario 3-1 and Scenario 3-2) produced the largest dissolved
aromatic concentrations. The smallest of the maximum concentrations areas
(20 km²) was calculated in Scenario 2-1. By comparison, in Scenario 2-2, the
area was slightly higher indicating the maximum winds caused greater
spreading of the most concentrated subsurface plume.
Environmental impacts due to a spill are primarily a concern to biota making

contact with the surface oiling and to wildlife contacting oil on an impacted
shoreline. An accidental release of oil is a much higher risk to birds and
wildlife contacting the surface oil than to fish and other organisms in the
water column. Vapors released during a spill may pose a human health risk
to workers in the vicinity of the well.
Impacts from oil released from an annulus blowout pose a medium to high
risk of impacts to organisms which contact the surface oil, depending on the
quantity released and time before any potential response efforts can contain
the release. Spills of this nature pose a low risk of acute toxic effects to the
aquatic biota. Several shorelines are at risk within the first few days after a
release.

APPENDIX 1
77
2 DRILL CUTTING MODELING
2.1 SIMULATION DESIGN
Modeling was performed to assess potential environmental impacts due to

the release of drilling mud and drill cuttings during the planned operations.
The objectives of the drill cuttings modeling study were to determine whether
the disposal of the drill cuttings at the Anoman Well location will result in
unacceptable adverse impacts to any sensitive ecosystems. It should be noted
that this study has been limited to the examination of potential sedimentation
and total suspended sediment loads on coral habitats. It does not consider
impacts of drilling waste discharges on benthic and pelagic ecosystems, such
as smothering, toxicity (e.g. associated with the type of drilling fluid used) or
bioaccumulation of contaminants within the marine food chain. No specific
locations of coral habitats have been identified for this analysis.
The potential dispersion and deposition of released drill cuttings and adhered
muds has been quantified using hydrodynamic computer modeling
techniques. Modeling allows the prediction and description of the water
level, current velocity and direction in offshore Sulawesi waters, specifically
around the Anoman Well using the same hydrodynamic techniques and same
model grid employed in the oil spill modeling. Released material will pass
vertically through the water column, since cuttings and adhered muds are
denser than the receiving water; cuttings / mud plume dispersion is
fundamentally a 3-D phenomenon.
Two scenarios were evaluated: March and October. Unlike with oil spill
modeling, the extreme wind scenarios were not run since wind velocity has
exponentially diminishing influence on current velocity with depth.
Therefore, when running the model for the deep waters around the Anoman
Well, maximum wind scenarios would produce negligible differences
compared to the typical wind scenarios.
Discharge information was provided by StatOil. Both water based muds

(WBM) and synthetic based muds (SBM) are planned to be used by StatOil.
WBM used to drill sections prior to installing the riser will be released to the
seabed together with the cuttings and associated pumped seawater. All SBM
will be reused and stored at the Petrosea base when not in use. The cuttings
drilled from all sections with SBM will be dried in a separate cuttings dryer
system, crushed, and discharged to sea via the splash zone level in the moon
pool (i.e., sea surface) on the drill ship.
Estimated properties of the mud discharged are provided in Table 2-1. The
WBM is associated with the top hole drilling when cuttings are released to the
sea floor. Since the model terminates when all particles reach the sea floor,
simulating top hole drilling would cause the model to immediately end upon

APPENDIX 1
78
running, and was therefore not included in the simulations. Cuttings are
estimated to dump at a rate of 480 m³ cuttings per well or 860 MT/well with
an estimated average density of 1.8 kg/L. The higher rate, 860 MT/well was
conservatively assumed for the modeling. Modeling was performed for the
first two sections of SBM drilling (20” open hole diameter for 10 days and
17.5” open hole diameter for 11 days) since subsequent sections released less
SBM; thus, the model was run assuming the first 21 days would present the
worst case of the entire period of drilling. Mud density varied with drilling
section. The average density (1.275 kg/L) of the two sections was assumed.
Table 2-1 Estimated mud discharge characteristics
Plug &
36 24 20 17.5 13.25 12.25 8.5 6
Open Hole Diameter Abandon
(in)
Water base
Synthetic base mud
mud
Mud
Usage/Discharge 328 3502 213 303 230 161 88 55 0
(m³)
Mud
Usage/Discharge 3950 1761 20264 1340 1906 1447 1013 553 346
(bbl)
Table 2-2 Estimated mud density and release rate

Section 3 Section 4
20.0” diameter 17.5” diameter
Total days 10 21
Days per section 10 11
Fluid type SBM SBM
Mud density (kg/L) 1.25 1.3
Mud usage/discharge (m³) 213 303
Mud usage/discharge (L) 213000 303000
Mud mass discharged (kg) 266250 393900
Mud mass discharged (MT) 266.25 393.9
Mud mass discharge rate (MT/hr) 1.109 0.782
In the absence of site specific measured values, the particle size distribution of
the SBM and cuttings were assumed, based on previous drill cutting studies.
SBM particle sizes were assumed to be 40% 0 - 1500 µm, 40% 1500 - 2500 µm,
and 20% 2500 - 5000 µm. These ranges were described as discrete Table 0-3.
Drill cuttings’ sizes were assumed to be in the range between 200 µm and
8000 µm. From distribution patterns seen in previous studies, the majority of
the particles sizes (80%) were assumed to be at the average value (4100 µm),
while the maximum and minimum values of the range were assumed to be
each 10% of the particles (Table 2-4).
Table 2-3 Assumed SBM particle
Diameter (µm) % of cuttings

200 10%
4100 80%
8000 10%

APPENDIX 1
79
Table 2-4 Assumed drill cuttings particle sizes.
Diameter (µm) % of SBM

750 20%
1500 20%
2000 20%
2500 20%
3750 10%
5000 10%
2.2 MODEL SELECTION
The simulation model used for this analysis is GEMSS®, coupled with the
Generalized Integrated Fate & Transport (GIFT) module which incorporates
the GEMSS® Sediment Transport Model (STM). For this application, the GIFT
model was used to compute the mass of sediment released for various
particle sizes and densities. The GIFT model, through a Lagrangian
framework, calculates the movement of particles representing the released
mass using the measured currents spread across each grid cell in the model
domain. The discharged drill cuttings and muds are modeled to predict the
total suspended solids in the water column and the net deposition.
Deposition and total suspended solids (TSS) estimates are thus designed to be
additions to ambient conditions.
2.3 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
The potential for drill cuttings and adhered muds to impact coral colonies has
been assessed through a comparison with two criteria: sediment deposition
rate and concentrations of total suspended solids (TSS) above ambient.
Acceptable levels of each of these criteria have been based on international
literature and previously applied standards.
Hard or hermatypic corals are dependent upon symbiotic photosynthesizing

zooxanthellae for their survival and are, therefore, highly sensitive to
increases in suspended sediment and the corresponding reduction in light
penetration. Elevated levels of suspended sediments can also clog the corals
respiratory and feeding apparatus. In addition to impacts of suspended solids
in water, corals are susceptible to increased rates of deposition.
Species sensitivities to sedimentation are determined largely by the particle

trapping properties of the colony and ability of individual polyps to reject
settled materials. Horizontal plate-like colonies and massive growth forms
present large stable surfaces for the interception and retention of settling
solids. Conversely, vertical plates and upright branching forms are less likely
to retain sediments. Tall polyps and convex colonies are also less susceptible
to sediment accumulation than other growth forms. It is also acknowledged

APPENDIX 1
80
that sensitivities to sediment loads can also vary markedly between species
within the same genus (Hawker and Connell, 1992).
The work of Pastorok and Bilyard (Pastorok and Bilyard, 1985) has been
regarded as the primary source for quantifying the effects of sedimentation
on corals, examining open water reefal environments where natural levels of
sedimentation are very low. Pastorok and Bilyard have suggested the
following criteria:
• 1 - 10 mg cm-2 day-1 - slight to moderate impacts
• 10 - 50 mg cm-2 day-1 - moderate to severe
• 50 mg cm-2 day-1 - severe to catastrophic
As corals can tolerate temporary changes in their local environment, it has

been assumed to take the moderate tolerance threshold of 10 mg cm-2 day-1
has been assumed for the purposes of this assessment.
Information on hard coral tolerances to TSS indicates that a 20% reduction in

annual growth rate corresponds to a 30% increase in average long-term
background TSS levels (Hawker and Connell, 1992). Background levels vary
from region to region and are site specific. It is known from research on the
Great Barrier Reef that corals can be prone to episodes of sedimentation from
a variety of sources, such as terrestrial run-off (Mapstone, et al., 1989). These
sediments are often re-suspended during and following wind and wave
action, resulting in low light levels due to turbidity. As such, elevations in
TSS levels above 50 mg/L have been considered as having the potential to
affect the physiology of corals. However, in Indonesia, in accordance with
MoE Regulation No 51 Year 2004 concerning sea water standard, the
threshold limits for TSS are as follows:
• Coral reef : 20 mg/L with tolerable change <10%
• Sea grass: 20 mg/L
• Mangrove: 80 mg/L
Based on the above, the following set of Coral Tolerance Threshold Criteria
has been taken for the current assessment:
• Criterion 1 - The maximum allowable sedimentation rate of sediment on
coral colonies should be no greater than 10 mg cm-2 day-1; and;
• Criterion 2 - The maximum allowable increase in total suspended solids
at the bed layer of the water column in areas supporting coral colonies
should be no greater than 20 mg/L above ambient.

APPENDIX 1
81
2.4 RESULTS
The results of the modeling are illustrated in the following sections for each
scenario as contour plots. The plots presented indicate the location of the drill
cuttings release point, taken as the drill centre. The results have been
presented for comparison against the two criteria: net sedimentation rate
measured in mg cm-2 day-1 and TSS measured in mg/L. For each scenario,
the model output has been generated for the maximum TSS increase above
ambient solids concentrations.
2.4.1 Scenario 1 – March currents and winds
For the first criterion in Scenario 1, drill cuttings in March yielded very small
sedimentation rates, orders of magnitudes below ranges of concern for
impacts associated with smothering from excessive sediment loads. The
highest rate calculated was 0.0097 mg cm-2 day-1. Figure 2-1 shows the
sedimentation rate for March after 12 days of accumulation when all particles
have settled; the net sedimentation rate would begin to decrease after that
time. The second criterion, TSS concentrations (Figure 2-2) briefly exceeded 20
mg/L, but only near the surface. TSS concentrations added to the bottom
layers never exceeded 1 ppb. Since the TSS criterion applied to solids
contacting coral, which would not be the case at the surface layers, the
criterion was not violated. Therefore, cuttings and muds pose low risk for
impacts due to sedimentation rate and TSS concentration.
2.4.2 Scenario 2 – October currents and winds
Like Scenario 1, Scenario 2 yielded low sedimentation rates (reaching a

maximum of 0.011 mg cm² day-1), orders of magnitude below values of
concern (Figure 2-3), satisfying the first criterion. For the second criterion, TSS
concentrations also resembled March values, with the maximum
concentration (66 mg/L) above the 20 mg/L criteria but at the surface above
the Anoman well, away from contact with coral. At the bottom model layers,
TSS concentrations did not exceed 1 mg/L. The mud and drill cuttings
therefore pose low risk for environmental impacts.

APPENDIX 1
82
Figure 2-1 Sedimentation rate - March currents and winds

APPENDIX 1
83
Figure 2-2 Highest TSS concentrations added to background – March currents and winds

APPENDIX 1
84
Figure 2-3 Sedimentation rate - October currents and winds

APPENDIX 1
85
Figure 2-4 Highest TSS concentrations added to background – October currents and winds

APPENDIX 1
86
2.5 CONCLUSIONS
Results from the drill cutting and mud modeling were compared against two
criteria: sediment deposition rate and TSS concentration.
The drill cuttings and adhered muds would spread from the drill centre
travelling 30 km to 40 km before reaching the sea floor. Note that a low but
reasonable dispersion coefficient was assumed such that the sedimentation
rate and suspended solids concentrations are considered realistic estimates.
Drilling waste disposal would result in compliance with the coral tolerance
threshold criterion of 10 mg cm-2 day-1. Sedimentation rates were estimated to
be orders of magnitude below the criterion and protective of sensitive coral
receptors.
The only TSS concentrations which exceed the 20 mg/L threshold criterion
occurred at the surface layers. Concentrations of TSS added to the bottom
layers from discharge of drill cuttings were all less than 1 mg/L. As such, TSS
concentrations were predicted to comply with the threshold criterion at all
coral sensitive areas in all scenarios.
Uncertainties in the mud and drill cutting particle size distributions and
densities are unlikely to affect the conclusions of this modeling study
considering the conservative estimates used; particle sizes are likely to be in
fact smaller than the assumed diameters, and thus have a higher
distribution pattern with less potential impact.
Overall, the modelling indicates that no impact on corals should occur at any
coral sensitive receptors that might exist in the area based upon the predicted
absence of exceedances of the two criteria.

APPENDIX 1
A1-87
3 REFERENCES
ANZECC & ARMCANZ. 2000. Australian and New Zealand guidelines

for fresh and marine water quality. October 2000. National Water
Quality Management Strategy Paper No. 4, Australian and New
Zealand Environment and Conservation Council & Agriculture
and Resource Management Council of Australia and New
Zealand, Canberra, Australia.
French, D., H. Schuttenberg, and T. Isaji. 1999. “Probabilities of oil

exceeding thresholds of concern: examples from an evaluation for
Florida Power and Light.” In Proceedings of the 22nd Arctic and
Marine Oil Spill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar, June 1999,
Environment Canada, pp. 243-270.
French, D.P. 2000. Estimation of Oil Toxicity Using an Additive Toxicity

Model. In Proceedings, 23rd Arctic and Marine Oil Spill Program
(AMOP) Technical Seminar, June 14-16, 2000, Vancouver, Canada,
Emergencies Science Division, Environment Canada, Ottowa, ON,
Canada.
Hawker DW & Connell DW. 1992. Standards and Criteria for Pollution
Control in Coral Reef Areas. Chapter 7 of Pollution in Tropical
Aquatic Systems. Connell DW & Hawler DW ed. CRC Press.
Kolluru, V.S., M. L. Spaulding and E. Anderson. 1994. A Three

Dimensional Subsurface Oil Dispersion Model using a Particle
Based Approach. In Proceedings of the 17th Arctic and Marine Oil
Spill Program (AMOP) Technical Seminar, Vancouver, British
Columbia, Canada. pp. 867 - 894.
Koops, W. 1985. "The Oil Spill Slide Rule to Predict the Fate of an Oil
Spill." in: Proceedings of the 1985 International Oil Spill
Conference (Prevention, Behavior, Control, Cleanup), February
25-28, 1985, Los Angeles, CA. Washington, DC: American
Petroleum Institute, Publication 4385.647.
Mapstone BD, Choat JH, Cumming RL and Oxley WG. 1989. The
fringing reefs of magnetic island: benthic biota and sedimentation
- a baseline study. A report to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Authority
Nilsen, H., G. H.G. Johnsen, T. Nordtug, Ø. Johansen. 2006. “Threshold

values and exposure to risk functions for oil components in the
water column to be used for risk assessment of acute discharges
(EIF Acute).” Statoil and SINTEF report, C. FOU.DE.B02, 2006-06-
15.
NOAA. 1996. “Aerial Observations of Oil at Sea”. HAZMAT Report 96-7

APPENDIX 1
A1-88
NOAA. 2009. GEODAS Grid Translator – Design-a-Grid. NOAA
Satellite and Information Service. National Geophysical Data
Center (NGDC). Accessed October 26, 2009.
URL:
http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/mgg/gdas/gd_designagrid.html?d
base=grdet1
Pastorok R.A. and Bilyard G.R. 1985. Effects of sewage pollution on

coral-reef communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 21: 175-
189.

APPENDIX 1
A1-89
APPENDIX 2
ANALYTICAL RESULT OF SEAWATER QUALITY

Water Column Sampling
The water column samples were done to determine Water’s physical,

chemical as well as biological parameters are important to examine the
quality of the surrounding environmental. Most of the parameters has been
done analysis in laboratory. The water column sampling technique was
required to maintain the real quality and environmental condition of the
samples. Water samples were stored in a certain environment and then were
been analysis in the laboratory with proper techniques.
Water samples has been taken using a 5 liters water sampler (Niskin® type)
each desire layer and location. Volumes sampled for all parameters good
enough for analysis each parameter client requirement. Glass bottles have
been used for hydrocarbon analysis, suspended matter and nutrient analysis,
and plastic bottles for nitrogen and heavy metals.
(Chlorophyll) are gathered immediately by filtering the water samples, are

gathered immediately by filtering (0.45μm) water samples. The filters are
then frozen for conveyance to the laboratory. Samples pre-treatments/
reservations and done carried out according to the standard
methodology/procedure and kept in cool conditions (-4ºC).
The water sample were taken and divided to 5 layers from sea water surface
to near bottom as follows:
Water Depth in Meter

Location Surface Middle
Surface Middle Bottom
Middle Bottom
1b 10 400 620 1200 1650
2 10 400 700 1300 1830
4 10 130
The Water Column bellows were been done analysis in laboratories:
A. Physical
• Light Intensity
• Odor
• Turbidity
• Total Suspended Solid
• Floating object
• Oil Layer
B. Chemical
• pH
• Salinity
• DO
• BOD5

APPENDIX 2
A2-1
• Total Ammonia (NH3-N)
• Phosphate (PO4-P)
• Nitrate (NO3-N)
• Cyanide (CN)
• Sulfide (H2S)
• PAH (Polycylic Aromatic Hydrocarbon)
• Total Phenol
• PCB
• PCB Total
• Biphenyl Surfactant
• Oil and Grease
• Pesticide
• TBT
C. Heavy metal :
• Mercury (Hg)
• Chromium hexavalent (Cr(VI))
• Arsenic (As)
• Cadmium (Cd)
• Copper (Cu)
• Lead (Pb)
• Zinc (Zn)
• Nickel (Ni)
• Barium (Ba)
• Selenium (Se)
D. Biology :
• Coliform
• Pathogen
• Plankton (Chlorophyll a)
E. Radioactivity:
• 226Ra, 228Ra, 210Pb
F. Additional Parameter
• CO2
• Total organic carbon (TOC)
• Total Hydro carbon (THC)
• Silicate
• C:N:P ratio
• Heavy Metal : Al, Fe,V

APPENDIX 2
A2-2
G. List of PAH16
• Acenaphthene • Fluoranthene
• Acenaphthylene • Fluorene
• Anthracene • Indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene
• Benzo (a) anthracene • Naphthalene
• Benzo (a) pyrene • Phenanthrene
• Benzo (b) fluoranthene • Pyrene
• Benzo (ghi) perylene
• Benzo (k) fluoranthene
• Chrysene
• Dibenzo (a, h) anthracene
Method of analysis for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (SMEWW),

International Standard (ISO) or Indonesian National Standard (SNI) has been
used as standard on the laboratory analysis for the water quality parameters.
Table below shows the methods were used for the determination of each
parameter.
No Analyzed Parameter Analysis Method

1 Turbidity SMEWW-2130-B
2 Total Suspended Solid SMEWW 2540-D
3 pH SMEWW-4500-H+-B
4 Salinity SMEWW 2520
5 Temperature SMEWW-2550
6 Conductivity SMEWW-2510
7 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) SMEWW 4500-O-G
8 Ammonia (NH3-N) SMEWW-4500-NH3-F
9 Ortho Phosphate (PO4) SMEWW 4500-P-D
10 Nitrate (NO3-N) SNI 06-2480 1991
11 Cyanide (CN) SMEWW 4500-CN C
12 Sulphide (H2S) SMEWW 4500-S2 H
13 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) ISO28540
14 Total Phenol SNI 06-2469-1991
15 PCB SNI 06-2508-1991
16 PCB Total SNI 06-2508-1991
17 Pesticide SNI 06-2508-1991
18 Mercury (Hg) SMEWW 3500-Hg
19 Hexavalent Chromium (Cr(VI)) SMEWW 3500 Cr D
20 Arsenic (As) SMEWW 3500B-As
21 Cadmium (Cd) SMEWW 3500-Cd
22 Cooper (Cu) SMEWW 3500-Cu
23 Lead (Pb) SMEWW 3500-Pb
24 Zinc (Zn) SMEWW-3500-Zn
25 Total Coliform Bacteria / 100 ml sample SMEWW 9216
26 CO2 SMEWW-4500-CO2
27 Aluminium (Al) SMEWW 3500-Al
28 Iron (Fe) SMEWW-3500-Fe-B

APPENDIX 2
A2-3
MoE 51-
Locations
2004
Parameters Units
Marine
1B-a 1B-b 1B-c1 1B-c2 1B-d 1B-e 2-a 2-b 2-c1 2-c2 2-d 2-e 4-a 4-b
Biota
a. Physical
Light density meter 5 >20 - - - - - >20 - - - - - >20 -
Odor natural no odor no odor no odor no no no no odor no no no no no odor no odor no odor
odor odor odor odor odor odor odor
Turbidity NTU <5 1 2.4 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.3 1.2 1.8 1.5 1.9 2.1 1.2 3 2.1
Total Suspended mg/L 80 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Solids (TSS)
Floating object no floating no flying - - - - - no flying - - - - - no flying -
object object object object
Oil layer no oil no oil layer - - - - - no oil - - - - - no oil -
layer layer layer
Temperature oC 28.8 10.7 10.9 10.8 9 8.1 29 11.5 9.8 10.2 7.3 7.2 29.6 21.8
b. Chemical
pH 7-8.5 8.25 8.28 8.32 8.34 8.25 8.27 8.38 8.43 8.29 8.41 8.28 8.43 8.32 8.42
Salinity ‰ natural 32.23 33.73 33.63 33.72 34.2 33.89 33.23 33.06 33.39 33.3 33.39 32.91 32.25 32.01
Dissolved Oxygen mg/L >5 4 3.7 3.5 3.6 3.6 3.5 4.1 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.7 1.8 3.8 3.4
BOD 5 days mg/L 20 18.2 17.6 20.8 18.4 18.8 21.4 14.2 12.3 18.4 18.2 15.7 16.8 10.8 12.2
Ammonia Nitrogen mg/l-N 0.3 0.086 0.015 0.004 0.017 <0.004 0.074 0.077 0.026 0.006 0.009 0.017 0.012 0.124 0.009
(NH3-N)
Phosphate (PO4-P) mg/l-P 0.015 0.009 0.047 0.05 0.066 0.069 0.071 0.022 0.058 0.061 0.014 0.08 0.074 0.042 0.016
Nitrate (NO3-N) mg/l-N 0.008 <0.007 0.452 0.404 0.357 0.413 0.533 <0.007 0.404 0.463 <0.00 0.463 0.501 <0.007 0.044
7
Cyanide (CN) mg/l 0.5 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.06 0.05 0.06
Sulphide (H2S) mg/l 0.01 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Total phenol mg/l 0.002 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.015 0.019 0.019 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.019 0.036
Surfactant (MBAS) mg/l 1 1.07 1.26 0.442 0.273 0.73 0.283 0.366 0.398 0.334 0.314 0.263 0.243 0.293 0.194
Oil and grease mg/l 1 2.3 4.7 5.7 6 3.7 7 5.6 5.6 4.2 3.4 5.2 4 2.2 2.8
CO2 mg/l 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total Organic mg/l 1.71 2.72 0.69 1.71 0.69 1.71 0.69 1.71 3.74 3.72 1.71 0.69 1.71 1.71
Carbon (TOC)

EIA DRILLING
A2-4
MoE 51-
Locations
2004
Parameters Units
Marine
Biota
Total hydrocarbon mg/l 1.7 3 1 2.7 3 2.7 2.4 1.8 0.4 1 2.8 0.6 1.8 2.4
Silicate mg/l <0.08 1.25 2.71 4.06 4.65 5.14 <0.08 1.97 2.82 4.65 5.9 6.55 0.278 0.278
C:N:P ratio <0.001 0.048 0.0003 0.0007 0.0001 0.000 0.00006 <0.00 0.000 0.0001 0.002 0.00001 0.0003 0.0014
04 1 5 3
Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.035 0.015 0.015 0.035 0.01 0.078 0.035 0.078 <0.01 0.046 0.015 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
PAH mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
PCB mg/l 0.003 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
TBT mg/l 0.01 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Organochlorin ppb 0.01 0 0 0 0 1.101 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
pesticide (*)
Carbamates 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
pesticide
Organophospates 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
pesticide
c. Heavy metals
Mercury (Hg) g/l 1 1.18 0.027 <0.06 <0.06 0.046 0.09 <0.06 <0.06 0.09 0.18 <0.06 0.27 <0.06 0.18
Chromium mg/l 0.005 0.01 0.023 0.018 0.02 0.015 0.009 0.013 0.028 0.008 0.009 0.13 0.007 0.035 0.018
hexavalent (Cr VI)
Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.012 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.008 0.007 0.01 0.008 0.012
Cadmium (Cd) mg/l 0.001 0.0002 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.00 <0.0001 <0.00 <0.0001 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.0001 0.0002 <0.0001
01 01 01 01 01 01
Copper (Cu) mg/l 0.008 0.069 0.067 0.072 0.072 0.07 0.066 0.072 0.069 0.074 0.071 0.079 0.071 0.078 0.074
Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.008 0.208 0.205 0.233 0.194 0.24 0.225 0.293 0.272 0.28 0.288 0.283 0.229 0.3 0.263
Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.05 0.069 0.061 0.075 0.073 0.068 0.065 0.069 0.073 0.064 0.076 0.062 0.072 0.078 0.068
Nickel (Ni) mg/l 0.05 0.355 0.35 0.376 0.0369 0.352 0.37 0.359 0.328 0.378 0.324 0.291 0.306 0.262 0.222
Barium (Ba) mg/l 0.104 0.111 0.092 0.016 0.017 0.013 0.012 0.015 0.009 0.012 0.012 0.008 0.007 0.007
Selenium (Se) mg/l 0.015 0.01 0.01 0.016 0.017 0.013 0.012 0.015 0.009 0.012 0.012 0.008 0.007 0.007
Aluminium (Al) mg/l 0.305 0.504 0.455 0.537 0.769 0.469 0.557 0.567 0.472 0.316 0.386 0.25 0.273 0.572
Vanadium (V) mg/l 0.021 0.026 0.022 0.024 0.029 0.024 0.023 0.024 0.023 0.024 0.022 0.02 0.024 0.02
d. Radioactivity 4,000
226 Ra mBq/l 1.2 ± 0.8 1.1 ± 0.7 3.2 ± 1.7 2.0 ± 3.5 ± 3.9 ±
1.2 1.2 1.4

EIA DRILLING
A2-5
MoE 51-
Locations
2004
Parameters Units
Marine
Biota
228 Ra mBq/l 0.1 ± 0.1 0.1 ± 0.1 2.3 ± 1.2 0.8 ± 1.9 ± 3.0 ±
0.4 0.7 1.1
210 Pb mBq/l 3,800 ± 1,000 ± 3,900 ± 200 ± < 200 ± 200 ±
9,400 5,700 5,900 300 200 200
e. Biology
Total Coliform colony/1 1000 0 0 93 240 0 23 4 93 4 23 43 75 3 0
00ml
Faecal Coliform colony/1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 4 0 0 0 0
00ml
Chlorophyll-a mg/l 1.415 1.191 1.53 2.081 1.209 1.153 1.521 1.209 0.991 0.85 0.722 1.038 0.653 0.213
Chlorophyll-b mg/l 1.49 1.864 1.781 2.076 1.632 1.603 1.908 1.527 1.239 1.115 0.9 1.426 1.021 0.458
Chlorophyll-c mg/l 2.469 2.114 2.466 4.094 2.058 1.55 2.419 1.959 1.612 1.449 1.202 1.655 1.299 0.496
Total Chlorophyll mg/l no bloom 5.374 5.168 5.777 8.251 4.9 4.306 5.849 4.704 3.842 3.415 2.824 4.119 2.974 1.167
Phytoplankton and
Zooplankton
Individual total ind/l 19,594 8,250 1,031 0 0 0 19,301 5,344 0 0 0 4,688 15,375 8,250
number
Shannon-Wiener 2.43 1.66 1.07 0 0 0 2.48 1.31 0 0 0 1.35 2.331 1.67
Diversity Index
Evenness Index 0.92 0.93 0.97 0.89 0.94 0.97 0.9 0.93
Dominance Index 0.08 0.07 0.03 0.11 0.06 0.03 0.1 0.07
MoE 51-2004: Minister of Environment Decree No. 51 of 2004 concerning Sea Water Quality, Appendix III-Marine Biota
ND:Not detected

EIA DRILLING
A2-6
APPENDIX 3
ANALYTICAL RESULT OF SEABED SEDIMENT

QUALITY
Sediment Samples
Sediment samples were conducted to provide an amount of sediment t for

physical – chemical analyses. The rested samples have been processed for
benthos analyses. Some samples have been processed onboard for visual
analysis and some samples returned to shore for further analysis. Some
portions of the sediment analysis placed in a fridge to avoid any
contamination and good condition. The samples pre-treatments carried out
to the usually approved methodology (rules of the art) and kept in cool
conditions (-4ºC).
A. Gravity Core
Gravity Core samples has been taken in desire position used 400 kg weight
of core head with 4 meter barrel length PVC and head catcher were used to
collect samples for further analysis of geochemical and geotechnical Sample
were landed on deck and the plastic liner extruded from the core barrel.
The liner cut with a hacksaw into 50 cm sections working downward from
the seabed and sealed by plastic caps secured by insulating or duct tape. To
avoid any dispute for numbering and sequence of core barrel, marked Top
and bottom of barrel after completion of taking sample. The samples will be
returned to shore in this state without any analytical work being
undertaken
B. Grab Sampling
Grab samples were provided an amount of sediment to be taken for

physical – chemical analyses and the rest of the sample separated for
benthos analyses. The core box with dimension 40 cm x 40 cm equal with
0.16 m2 was used to collect the sample at proposed location. The amount of
sample collected to ensure enough for geochemical and geotechnical
analysis. Visual analysis were been taken onboard and some rest data
collected and stored sealed container for benthos plankton analysis.
Listed below were analysis has been done in Laboratory:
a. Physico-chemical characteristics.
Parameters measured are:

• Grain size distribution
• Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
• Nutrient (Ammonium, Nitrate, Phosphate)
• C:N:P Ratio
• O2
• Sulfides

APPENDIX 3
A3-1
• Total Hydrocarbons (THC)
• Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)
B. Heavy metals : Al, Fe, Ba, Pb, Cr, Cu, Zn, Ni, Cd, Hg,V, As, Cobalt
(Co),Magnese (Mn), Mercury (Hg), Selanium (Se), Silver
(Ag)
C. Radioactivity : included at minimum 226Ra,228Ra,210Pb
D. Biology characteristics:
• Name and Number of species (flora/fauna)

• Number (abundance) of individual per species
• Biomass per species
• Distribution
• The indexes to be calculated are: Shannon diversity index,
dominance index, evenness index
American Public Health Association American Water Works Association

(APHA AWWA) and American Public Health Association (APHA)
Standard Methods will be used as standard on the laboratory analysis to
analyze the biology sediment.

APPENDIX 3
A3-2
Appendix 3: Analytical Result of Seabed Sediment
Location Point OSPAR
Parameters Units EAC EAC
1B 2 4 BC Lower Upper
Limit Limit
a. Physico-Chemical Characteristics
Total % 36.5 27.76 27.45
Organic
Carbon
Ammonium mg/kg 11.88 14.46 16.43
Nitrate mg/kg <0.01 72.26 <0.01
Phosphate mg/kg 3,738.26 3,087.41 2,902.83
C:N:P ratio 97.9 286.39 191.62
Oxidation mv 97 68 115
Potential
Redox
(ORP)
Sulphide mg/kg ND ND ND
Total mg/kg 279.74 259.9 239.94
hydrocarbon
PAH mg/kg ND ND ND
Aluminium mg/kg 20,900 44,700 31,200
(Al)
Iron (Fe) Mg/kg 2,400 3,800 1,800
Barium (Ba) mg/kg 128.7 113.3 91.76
Lead (Pb) mg/kg 19.64 26.86 23.12 25 5 50
Chromium mg/kg 17.83 23.45 19.54
(Cr) 60 5 50
Copper (Cu) mg/kg 33.99 35.45 28.94 20 5 50
Zinc (Zn) mg/kg 75.24 62.49 66.17 90 10 100
Nickel (Ni) mg/kg 44.38 48.05 46.94 30 5 50
Cadmium mg/kg 0.176 0.237 0.206
(Cd) 0.2 0.1 1
Mercury mg/kg 0.54 0.38 0.3
(Hg) 0.05 0.05 0.05
Vanadium mg/kg 67.65 87.71 79.4
(V)
Arsenic (As) mg/kg 2.31 9.5 7.06 15 1 10
Cobalt (Co) mg/kg 19.63 24.67 22.41
Manganese mg/kg 180 220 900
(Mn)
Selenium mg/kg 18.7 24.3 20.8
(Se)
Silver (Ag) mg/kg 8.39 8.87 6.58
b. Radioactivity
226 Ra mBq/kg 1,150±760 1,220±89 1,090±76
228 Ra mBq/kg 657±64 890±120 1,180±120
210 Pb mBq/kg <50,500±42,000 <70,000±7,2100 <28,500±33,345

APPENDIX 3
A3-3
c. Biology
Benthos
Individual Ind/m2 30,698 0 2,674
Total
Number
Shannon 1.15 0 1.06
diversity
index Low - Low
Evenness 0.59 - 0.66
Index
Dominance 0.41 - 0.34
Index
Note:
ND: Not Detected
Intermediate Shannon index = 1.65±0.57

APPENDIX 3
A3-4
APPENDIX 4
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT MEETING REPORT

APPENDIX 3
A3-5
Public Socialization Report
Oil and Gas Exploration Activity Plan in
Karama Block, Makassar Strait
December 2009
Proponent:
Statoil Indonesia Karama AS
Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ..........................................................................................I
1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................... 1
1.1 BACKGROUND .................................................................................................. 1
1.2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE ................................................................................ 1
2 IMPLEMENTATION OF PUBLIC SOCIALIZATION .......................... 3

2.1 DATE ................................................................................................................. 3
2.2 PLACE................................................................................................................ 3
2.3 PARTICIPANTS .................................................................................................. 3
3 OUTCOME FROM THE PUBLIC SOCIALIZATION ........................... 4
4 CONCLUSION .............................................................................................. 5
3.1 QUESTION ....................................................................................................... 13

APPENDIX 4
i
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Statoil Indonesia Karama AS (Statoil) plans to conduct exploration drilling

activities in Karama Block, Makassar Straits in Mamuju Regency West
Sulawesi Province in 2011.
In 2006 Statoil has signed an MOU with Pertamina and in 2007 Statoil and
Pertamina secured a Production Sharing Contractor (PSC) for the Karama
Block.
In order to support the implementation of oil and gas exploration activities in

the Karama Block, Statoil conducted public socializing as part of the internal
Environmental Impact Assessment Study. Public socialization activities were
implemented as one of the efforts in disseminating information about the
plan of oil and gas exploration drilling activities which will take place in the
area.
Statoil conducted the public socialization in coordination with BP Migas

Kalsul representative office and West Sulawesi Province Energy and Mineral
Office. The public socialization also attended by the stakeholders
Until now, Statoil has conducted several studies which are part of internal
requirement, namely:
• Stakeholder mapping
• EMPs of 3D siesmic survey
• Study area and national regional profiles
• Baseline study of water quality, sediment and aquatic biota
• Oil spill modelling
• Drilling cuttings distribution modelling
1.2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE
In general, the purpose and objective of public socialization is to inform the

plan of oil and gas exploration activity and an explaination of the potential
environmental impact of the activity in Karama Block.
In particular, the public socialization is intended:
1) To gather suggestions, opinions, and responses concerning the oil and gas
exploration activity

APPENDIX 4
1
2) To protect public interest sorounding the activity area from potential
3) To establish an atmosphere of equal partnerhip bertween the parties
4) To respect the right of all parties to obtain information relating to oil and

APPENDIX 4
2
2 IMPLEMENTATION OF PUBLIC SOCIALIZATION
2.1 DATE
The public socialization held on December 3, 2009 at the auditorium of Hotel

Anugrah, Mamuju, West Sulawesi.
2.2 PLACE
Public consultation is conducted in Mamuju which is the nearest city to the

project area. Mamuju was choosed because it is the capital city of West
Sulawesi Province and relatively accessible for the entire stakeholders.
2.3 PARTICIPANTS
The participants were members of Coordinator/Facilitator/Mediator of

Implementation of Oil and Gas Exploration/Exploitation of West Sulawesi
Province which consist of representative from related institution in West
Sulawesi Province. The public socialization also attended by media and
NGOs.
Details list of participants and documentation of the public socialization

event are presented in Appendix 1 and Appendix 3.

APPENDIX 3
3
3 OUTCOME FROM THE PUBLIC SOCIALIZATION
The public socialization is divided into three sessions, namely:

• Session I-Opening
o Greetings and project activity overview from Statoil presented by
Neisharsa Triaswari.
o Message from Governor of West Sulawesi Province delivered by
Secretary of West Sulawesi Province and officialy open the public
socialization event.
• Session II-Presentation
o Project exposure of oil and gas activity presented by Ananda Idris
(Statoil Government and Public Affair Manager)
o Environmental Impact Assessment overview by Yahya Husin (ERM
Indonesia), Team leader of EIA document preparation)
• Session III-Discussion
o Question and Answer Session between the proponent and the
participants is guided by Andi Yasin Head of Energy and Mineral
Office, West Sulawesi province , as moderator.
During the public socialization discussion session, the participants were

actively involved in providing critical inputs associated with the plan of oil
and gas exploration drilling in the area. The summary are as follows, while
transcript of the discussion session is presented in Appendix 2.
• Employement for local people at Statoil activities.
• Compansation for the rumpons owner located in the drilling site.
• Changes in water quality caused by drilling cuttings and drilling mud
during drilling operation.
• Disruption to fishing activity.
• Operasion base which is planned to be located in Balikpapan instead of in
Mamuju.
• More comprehensive socialization activities that involve communities in
the vicinity of the project location.

APPENDIX 3
4
4 CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the public socialization, and by looking at the issues
that arise, there are some key issues concerning oil and gas exploration
activity in Karama Block in Makassar Strait Mamajuju Regency West
Sulawesi Province that can be summarized as follows:
1) Water quality aspect related to drilling cutting and drilling mud
management.
2) Social and Economics aspect releted to job opportunity for local people,

APPENDIX 3
5
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 List of participants
APPENDIX 2 MINUTES OF PUBLIC SOCIALIZATION
Minutes of Public Socialization

Plan for Oil and Gas Exploration Activities in the Karama Block
Makassar Strait Mamuju Regency West Sulawesi Province
Mamuju, December 3, 2009
OPENING
A. Statoil Activity Report by Niesharsa Triaswari
B. Message from the Vice Governor of West Sulawesi Province,

represented by Secretary of West Sulawesi Province as well as
officially open the public socialization.
C. Prayer by Ikhwan Yaman
PRESENTATION
A. Moderator : Drs. Andi Muh. Yasin, MSi (West Sulawesi Province-

Energy and Mineral Dept.)
Details of activiries: exploration, operations, seismic survey and

drilling.
Legislative context of oil and gas industries.
Exposure
a. Ananda Idris-Goverment & Public Affairs Manager Statoil Indonesia
Overview of oil and gas industries.

Statoil company profile introduction Æ Statoil is leading company in
deep sea oil and gas exploration and operation.
Statoil has conducted seismic survey in Karama Block to gather
information on oil and gas reserve of the area.
Development and Operation strategy of a production unit will refer to
the result of seismic survey and exploration drilling.
b. Yahya Husin (PT. ERM Indonesia)
Explaination on environmental impact assessment study:

– Statoil has conducted several studies in order to get information
and environmental baseline of the Karama Block in Mamuju, such
as stakeholder mapping, seismic survey and social study.
– Based on the studies, there are some sensitive areas, among them
is mangrove ecosystem along the Mamuju shoreline.
– In addition to sensitive areas, informations gathered from the
studies are usefull in determine the potential impact from drilling
activity.
Q-A SESSION I
Question
1. HEAD OF MAMUJU REGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICE - MULYADI
• The seismic survey was conducted using microphone on the sea

surface, is there any other technology so that it will not interupted
the existed rumpon in the area.
• Operational Base is expected to be in Mamuju, West Sulawesi,
instead of in Balikpapan, so that it will help to increase the local
economy of Mamuju.
• Drilling activity can cause an environmental problem, for example
in Sidoardjo and Timor Sea, what is the base on impact criteria
determination so that drilling activity only requires UKL-UPL.
2. APPMI (ASSOCIATION OF COMMUNITY EMPOWERMENT)-IKHWAN BUSTAM
• Regarding the community empowerment program, will it be

involving government or the culutral communities.
• Area that will be impacted by the drilling activity.
• Disposal procedures of drilling cuttings and safety of the
operation.
• How long is the interval between exploration and production
process.
3. REPRESENTATIVE OF FISHERMEN GROUP
• Clarification concerning compensation to fishermen, since

previously compensation was only given to rumpon owner.
4. WEST SULAWESI PROVINCE ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICE
• Public socialization is expected to be conducted near the project

location.
• Government supervision will refer to the approved document.
5. GERAK LAPAR NGO
• What is the sharing system between government and the

company.
• Job opportunity is expected to give priority to local worker.
• EIA document preparation process.
• Compensation to rumpon owner did not consider losses to the
communities, for example disturbance to shipping line.
RESPONSE
1. STATOIL- ANANDA IDRIS
• Sharing system between the government and the companies that

appear in the presentation graph is not done in nominal terms, but
takes the form of conversion to the barrels of oil production
beyond the current oil price.
• Time period of exploration to production can not be determined
directly prior to the drilling process because there are several steps
that need to be done to determine the amount of oil reserves and
economics feasibility, including drilling to determine the presence
or absence of oil and gas reserves. If the result is positive, the
drilling of appraisal well is conducted to determine the amount of
oil and gas reserves, based on that, the economics feasibility
studies is then carry out.
• Development of production unit will be based on economics
feasibility studies result and also political judgment.
• Seismic survey using microphone is conducted based on sound
reflection principle. Survey is conducted on sea surface based on
water characteristics as good sound conductor. If it is conducted
below the surface, the sound reflection will not maximum and the
result will not be accurate.
• Sharing contract with the government refers to Oil and Gas Law in
2002 with the open possibility of such operation. Fundamental
change is the clause in the Domestic Market Obligation which
required operators to market some products to meet domestic
needs.
• The availability of employment is related to the result of economic
and social feasibility study, this will be answered after a known
number of existing oil and gas reserves at the site could be
exploited.
• Indemnity compensation has been set trough West Sulawesi
Governor Regulation. The company will follow the regulation.
Addition comment from the Head of Maritime and Fisheries
Office that the compensation issue of seismic activity has been
completed and no problem occurred during the implementation.
2. ERM- BAPAK YAHYA HUSIN
• Explanation on determination of significant impact criterion and

studies that have been conducted.
• In conducting an activity, there are studies that require approval
and studies that not require approval from the related institution.
Statoil as a company that will have an activity in Mamuju area has
conducted baseline studies that not require approval from any
institution. As for study that requires approval, it will be
conducted base on the guideline stipulated in government
regulations, for oil and gas operation, the approval will be issued
from Central Government level.
• Minister of Environment Decree No. 11 year 2006 stated which
activity requires an AMDAL or UKL-UPL. As mention in the
Decree, Exploration drilling only requires UKL-UPL. Based on
several studies that have been conducted by Directorate General of
Oil and Gas to drilling activity in Indonesia, it is concluded that
drilling activity did not generate significant impact therefore the
activity only require UKL-UPL.
• Stakeholders consist of all stratums from central and provincial
government to community level. Stakeholder mapping has been
conducted by Statoil.
• Secure area of drilling point can be ascertained from modeling
result that are being made and will be incorporated into the UKL-
UPL document.
• The procedure for drilling cuttings and drilling mud will be
carried out according to the regulated procedures. This includes
circulating drill cuttings and mud after the test set by Minister of
Energy and Mineral Decree No. 45 year 2006 concerning
Management of drilling mud, drilling mud and cuttings waste for
oil and gas drilling activity.
• Safe distance of fishing vessel to drilling ship will be socialized
and notified during the drill ship operation.
5 Q-A SESSION II
3.1 A. QUESTION
1. HEAD OF WEST SULAWESI PROVINCE MARINE AND FISHERIES OFFICE-

HARUNA HAMAL
• Potential problem that will physicaly occured during the drilling

activity is noise (in term of frequency) and drilling cutting disposal.
• There are concenrs from the community that everytime an exploration
activity happened in the area, the fish is disappeared. If any scientific
study that can be assured that sound frequency will not affect the
fishing activity.
• In early 2009, in Majene occured black oil that caused itching to the
community. The oil point of source is not known. Is there any method
to determine the origin of the oil, in order to determine who is
responsible.
2. HEAD OF WEST SULAWESI PROVINCE TRANSPORTATION OFFICE
• Information regarding shipping line and infrastructure facility

available in West Sulawesi Province, such as port and airport that is
sufficient to cattered base operation requirement in West Sulawesi,
instead of in Balikpapan.
• Drilling point shoul be informed to related institution for mapping
purposes.
5.1 B. RESPONSE
1. ERM-YAHYA HUSIN
• Drilling cuttings and their distribution will be studied trough

modeling; the modeling result later on will be incorporated into UKL-
UPL.
• Regarding noise and its effect on fisheries, there area scientific studies
which stated that species sensitive to sound frequency are marine
mammals such as dolphins, whales and turtles.
• Helicopter will only be operated in daytime and assumed will not
give any disturbance. Drill ship operation will only generate noise in
the surface; therefore will not affect the fishing activity in Mamuju
area. Noise impact assessment will only be carried out on human.
• The oil that occurred in Majene can not be appointed directly because
although there are regulation existed to prevent such problem but the
implementation of supervision in the field can not be done effectively.
Since no oil and gas exploration have been conducted in Majene (West
Sulawesi) area, the oil is most likely come from ballast water
discharge of ships crossing Makasar Straits.
• Drilling coordinate will be written in UKL-UPL document.
6 CLOSING
CLOSING SPEECH DELIVERED BY HARUNA HAMAL (HEAD OF WEST

SULAWESI PROVINCE MARINE AND FISHERIES OFFICE)
• There are many advantages of this meeting, lesson learns and

suggestions that will become part of enrichment for the future
improvement both for West Sulawesi government in particular
and Indonesia Government in general related to exploration and
exploitation in oil and gas.
• We thank Statoil and all participants who have contribute to this
event.
APPENDIX 3 PRESENTATION MATERIAL PRESENTED IN PUBLIC
SOCIALIZATION
Sosialisasi Rencana Kegiatan

Eksplorasi Migas di Blok
Karama, Selat Makasar
Mamuju, 03 Desember 2009

APPENDIX 4 PHOTOS
APPENDIX 5
MASTER IMPACT TABLE

Scoping Impact Significance Residual Impact Significance
Mitigation
Value/sensitivity Value/sensitivity
Magnitude of Magnitude of
Activity/Aspect Potential Impact of resources/ Significance of resources/ Significance
Impact Impact
receptor receptor
Planned Activities
Air emissions from Reduction of air quality Low Medium Minor • Optimising operations of the Low Medium ALARP
vessels/ equipment from emissions (e.g. engines to optimize fuel
involved in the movement CO2, CO, NOX, SO2, combustion and thus emissions;
of the drill ship to the particulates/ smoke) • Ensuring the use of low sulphur
project site; power and unburned fuel;
generation on the drill hydrocarbons in the
• Ensuring the use of Marine Gas
ship, supply vessels, and exhaust emissions.
Oil as fuel rather than Heavy
helicopter transfers.
Fuel Oil to reduced emissions;
and
• Ensuring the provision of a fuel
overflow tank system.
Noise generation during Marine impacts: Largely Medium High Moderate- • Use of marine mammal observer Low High Moderate
the exploration drilling behavioural impacts Major (MMO) to observe the presence
program from propellers (disruption to of marine mammals and turtles
and thrusters of the drill movements, localised within close proximity of the
ship and support vessels, avoidance) to marine drilling vessel prior to starting;
drilling activities and life, particularly marine • Record sightings of marine
helicopter transfers. mammals and sea mammal and turtles, details of
turtles, as well as fish any problems encountered,
species by altering the details of watches made for
natural underwater marine mammals/ turtles and
noise environment. the drilling activity during
watches;
• Use of low noise thrusters and
exhaust silencers;
• Use of low noise equipment; and
• Optimised exploration activities.
Nearshore impacts: Low Low Not No further mitigation needed. - - -
Disturbance to local significant
communities in the area
Mitigation
Impact Impact
receptor receptor
of Balikpapan from
noise generated by
helicopter transfers.
Wastes generation during Potential for the Medium Low Minor Waste Management System Low Low Not
drilling and support following in the event (vessel’s Pollution Control and significant
activities and handling, of inappropriate waste Waste Management Procedure),
storage, disposal of non- management: detailing:
hazardous and hazardous • Toxic effects or • Waste minimisation at source;
wastes. physical damage to • Waste segregation by type;
marine organisms;
• Transport of wastes in suitable
• Water pollution/ containers to avoid leaks, wind
fouling/ blown release of waste materials;
contamination of the
• Completion of transportation
sea/ shoreline or
consignment notes to document
onshore environment
the transfer of materials from
(onshore storage,
offshore to onshore;
transport and
disposal activities); • Recycling of waste where
possible; and
• Risks of fire and
explosion; and • Compliance with MARPOL
Annex V requirements (including
• Risks to human
the prohibition of disposal of
health.
garbage into the sea) on the
drilling vessel, support and
supply vessels.
Well drilling and Contamination of the Low Medium Minor • Careful monitoring of activities Low Low Not
discharge of drilling marine environment to ensure conducted in a significant
wastes and excess cement, (reduction of water controlled manner to reduce
wastewater, ballast water quality, increased disturbance to seabed; and
and rainwater runoff. suspended solids, and • Conducting a comprehensive
seabed blanketing from baseline of the area to determine
settling of drill cuttings) the likely species present and
leading to toxic effects/ their sensitivity prior to
smothering of marine
Mitigation
Impact Impact
receptor receptor
fauna and sensitive beginning project activities.

marine habitats,
including coral reef and
mangrove ecosystems,
as well as community
fish ponds.
Well drilling, supply and Requirement for Medium Medium Moderate • Notify fishing authorities of Low Medium Minor
support activities and physical exclusion planned activities;
physical presence of the zones and prevention of • Maintain communication with
rig, supply and support access the fishing local communities/ fishermen
vessels in the area. areas/other sea users, notifying them of planned
interference with activities and understanding
existing sea users their concerns; and
during mobilisation and
• Procedures in place for dealing
supply/support
with claims/compensation for
activities, requirement
damaged fishing gear etc. from
to remove ‘rumpon’ or
local fishermen.
fish aggregation devices
from the proposed
drilling locations and
income/subsistence
impacts on local
fishermen/communities
Mitigation
Impact Impact
receptor receptor
Drilling program Increased employment Low – - Not • Prioritise engagement of Medium - Minor
opportunities/ Medium significant – Indonesian-based service and
stimulation of local Minor supply contractors
economy surrounding positive
the Balikpapan supply
base
Mitigation
Impact Impact
receptor receptor
Unplanned events
Well blow out and Large oil spill leading to High High Major • Development of an Oil Spill Medium Medium Moderate
uncontrolled release of multiple impacts: Contingency Plan that identifies
hydrocarbons; • Contamination of the responsibilities of relevant
and marine environment; personnel, defines spill response
actions (eg. for Tier 1, Tier 2 and
Vessel collision, loss of • Toxic effects on
Tier 3), describes actions to be
vessel inventory marine fauna;
taken in the event of a spill,
• Contamination of communication procedures,
coastline and oil reporting procedures, etc,
fouling; including ensuring that spill
• Toxic effects on response mechanisms are in
coastal flora/fauna; place and located in a logistically
• Impacts on fisheries, suitable location (ie. locally
including sea fisheries based) that enables quick
and coastal response time;
mariculture; • Provision, implementation and
• Disruption to training of all staff on an
transportation and Emergency Prevention and
shipping; Response Plans, including
emergency training exercises;
• Livelihood impacts on
dependent /affected • Ensuring a model can be run live
communities; in case of a spill;
• Risks of fire and • Ensure of notices to other

explosion; and mariners of activities in the area;
and
• Risks to human
health. • Presence of support vessels to
warn other vessels in the area.
APPENDIX 6
DRILLING CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Appendix 6 Environmental Characteristics of Drilling Fluids
Bio- OCNS
Constituent (Trade HQ or OCNS
Compound Function Appearance * Spill Behaviour * Ecological Info * accumulation Degradability * Product
Name) Group **
Potential * Warnings **
Water Based Muds
BARAZAN D Xanthum gum Viscosifer White to yellow powder Soluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Barite Barite Additive Pink to tan grey solid Insoluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Bentonite Bentonite Weight additive Solid Insoluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Calcium Chloride (brine) Calcium chloride Soluble weighting/ bridging White solid Soluble in water No data provided No data Does not E -
agent, osmotic control, provided decompose
stabilizer, accelerator, source
of calcium
Caustic Soda Sodium hydroxide pH controller White solid pellets Insoluble in water Concentration greater than 10 ppm or Does not Does not E -
pH greater than 10.5 may be toxic to bioaccumulate biodegrade
fish and other organisms
Gum Xanthan Gum Xanthan Stabiliser/ emulsifying agent Cream to tan coloured Mixes with water Prevent spillage from entering water No data No data provided E -
powder courses provided
PAC-LE Cellulose derivative Fluid loss additive White to off-white powder Forms a gel in water No data provided Not determined Readily - -
biodegradable
Soda Ash Sodium carbonate pH controller White powder Partially soluble in Prevent spillage from entering water No data No data provided E -
water courses provided
Sodium Bicarbonate Sodium bicarbonate pH controller White solid Soluble in water No date provided Not determined Slowly E -
biodegradable
Synthetic Based Muds
Calcium Carbonate, fine Calcium carbonate, Additive Light tan solid Soluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
crystalline silica quarts provided
Calcium Chloride Calcium chloride Soluble weighting/ bridging White solid Soluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
(powder) agent, osmotic control, provided
stabilizer, accelerator, source
of calcium
EDC 95/11 Benzene Base oil Colourless liquid Insoluble in water LC 50, 96 Hrs, Fish mg/l: >100 No data 76% in 28 days - -
This product must be essentially provided Biodegradable in
harmless for aquatic and land-based seawater
life and
would be intrinsically biodegradable.
Avoid water and soil pollution
EZ MUL NT Hydrotreated light Emulsifier/ wetting agent Dark amber liquid Insoluble in water EC50: 1701 mg/l (Corophium No data No data provided D -
distillate, ethylene glycol volutator), provided
monobutyl Prevent from entering waterways
Ether, diethylene glycol
monobutyl
ether
Lime hydrated Calcium hydroxide Alkalinity agent White solid Insoluble in water. TLM96: 100-500 ppm (Oncorhynchus No data No data provided E -
Sinks in water. mykiss) provided
LIQUITONE Latex HTHP filtration agent Milky white liquid Disperses in water Prevent from entering waterways No data No data provided Gold -
provided
RHEMOD L Fatty acids, propriety Rheology/ suspension Dark liquid Insoluble in water Prevent from entering waterways No data No data provided - -
components provided
Bio- OCNS
Name) Group **
Contingency Chemicals
Calcium carbonate Calcium carbonate, Additive Light tan solid Soluble in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
crystalline silica quarts provided
Aldacide G Glutaraldehyde Biocide Transparent liquid Soluble in water Prevent from entering waterways. No data Readily Silver, C -
May be highly toxic to aquatic life. provided biodegradable
Graphite Fine No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data No data provided - -
provided
Graphite Medium No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data No data provided - -
provided
Kwil-Seal Blend of vegetable and Additive Blend of various coloured Insoluble in water Not toxic to aquatic organisms No data No data provided - -
polymer fibres particles provided
Barofibre F/MC Natural Plant Fiber Additive Red brown powder Insoluble in water No data provided No data Biodegradable E -
provided
Nut Plug F/M/C Coconut shell Fluid loss reducer Brown, granular Insoluble in water No data provided No data No data provided - -
provided
Super Sweep Viscosifer Silver -
BARAKLEAN 2-Ethyl hexanol Corrosion inhibitor Light straw liquid Emulsifies Prevent from entering waterways. No data Slowly Gold, D Substitution
EC50: > 1890 mg/l (Corophium provided biodegradable warning
volutator)
GELTONE II Modified bentonite Viscosifier Tan powder Insoluble in water TLM96: 36.75-696.3 mg/l (Cyprinus No data No data provided - -
carpio) provided
COLDTROL Alcohol adducts Surfactant Colourless liquid Soluble in water Prevent from entering waterways. No data Readily - -
TLM96: 1-10 mg/l (Golden orfe) provided biodegradable
DRILL TREAT Lipid Oil-wetting Agent Amber liquid Disperses in water No data provided No data Biodegradable - -
provided
TEG No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
N-SQUEEZE Blend of natural fibres Loss Circulation Material Light brown solid Forms a gel No data provided No data Readily - -
provided biodegradable
N-PLEX Sodium hydroxide, Loss Circulation Material Clear colourless liquid Soluble in water Prevent from entering waterways No data No data provided - -
sodium borate provided
Cement
Liquid Acelelator D077 Calcium chloride Acelelator Clear – yellow-brown Soluble in water Low toxicity to fish No data No data provided E -
liquid provided
Antifoam Agent D 47 Polypropylene glycol Antifoam Clear liquid Soluble in water No data provided No data Not biodegradable E -
provided
Liquid Antisetlling Hydrotreated light Antsettling Off-white liquid Disperses in water LC50(10d) = 290 mg/kg (Corophium No data No data provided B- D -
D162 Petroleum distillates volutator); EC50(72h) = >1000 mg/l provided
(Skeletonema costatum);
LC50(48h) = 6.7 mg/l (Acartia
Tonsa)
May be highly toxic to some
aquatic organisms
Barite D 31 Barium sulphate Barite White powder Low solubility in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Bio- OCNS
Name) Group **
SALBOND II Additive D Aromatic polymer Dispersant Dark brown liquid Soluble in water Do not allow material to Not likely to Not readily - -
80A derivative contaminate ground water system. bioaccumulate biodegradable
Low temperature Amine polymer Dispersant Clear to hazy yellow Soluble in water Prevent further leakage or spillage. log Pow = < -5 17 % in 28 days C -
Liquid Dispersant D derivative liquid Keep out of
145A waterways.
Low temperature Aliphatic acid copolymer Dispersant Colourless liquid Soluble in water Fish toxicity: 96h LC50= >500 mg/l Does not Not readily Gold Substitution
Dispersant D 185 (Scophthalamus maximus bioaccumulate biodegradable warning
juvenile)
Low temperature Non-crystalline silica Extander Grey-white powder Insoluble in water This product has no known eco- No data No data provided PLONOR -
Extender D 154 toxicological effects provided
Silicate Additive D 75 Silicic acid, sodium salt Extander Colourless liquid Soluble in water None required No data No data provided PLONOR, E -
provided
Litefil D 124 Extender Aluminum silicate Extander Tan-grey powder Insoluble in water None required No data No data provided PLONOR -
provided
Uniflac L D 168 Aliphatic amide polymer Fluid Loss Control Clear/ colourless – yellow Soluble in water Prevent further leakage or spillage Does not Partially Gold, E -
liquid 72h EC50= 45 mg/l (Skeletonema bioaccumulate biodegradable
costatum)
Fluid Control Additive Organic polymer, Fluid Loss Control, gas Control Colourless liquid Soluble in water Prevent further leakage or spillage; Low Biodegradable Gold -
D193 Hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2- 80% (28 days) bioaccumulation
hydroxyethyl)-sym-triazine 72h EC50= 3 - 300 mg/l
(Skeletonema costatum)
Cement Class G D 907 Portland cement Cement Grey powder Misicible in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Gas Block LT D500 Organic polymer, Amine Gas Block Green liquid Soluble in water Does not Biodegradable C, Gold Substitution
polymer, Hexahydro- bioaccumulate warning
1,3,5-tris(2-
hydroxyethyl)-sym-
triazine
Low temperature Inorganic nitrogen Low temperature Cement Light green liquid Soluble in water No data provided Does not No data provided Some -
Cement Set Enhancer D compound, Aliphatic Enhancer bioaccumulate components
186 alcohol, 2,2'- listed as
methyliminodiethanol, PLONOR
Inorganic bromine
compound
Micro Cement D169 Portland cement Microfine Cement Grey powder Misicible in water No data provided No data No data provided E -
provided
Liquid retarder D81 Calcium lignosulfonate Retarder Dark brown liquid Soluble in water No data provided No data Not readily PLONOR, E -
provided biodegradable
Uniset-LT D177 Phosphoric acid, Retarder Light green liquid Soluble in water 72h EC50=9 mg/l (Skeletonema Does not Not biodegradable - -
Pentasodium EDTMP costatum) bioaccumulate
Sulfactant F057 SALT OF SULFONATED Sulfactant Yellow liquid Soluble in water Harmful to aquatic organisms No data Partially - -
AROMATIC ACID, provided biodegradable.
ALIPHATIC ALCOHOL
GLYCOL
ETHER, SALT OF
AROMATIC ACID
Spacer B250 Bentonite, Glucoside Vicosifier Off-white solid Partially soluble No data provided Not likely to Readily PLONOR -
polymer bioaccumulate biodegradable
Notes:
“NA“ means information not available
“HQ” means Hazard Quotient under OSPARs Offshore Chemical Notification System (OCNS). Gold = lowest ecological hazard; while purple = highest. (See below for description)
“OCNS Group” reflects an alternate hazard assessment system adopted under OCNS; with A being the greatest potential environmental hazard and E being the least. Products that only contain substances termed PLONORs (Pose Little or No Risk)
Bio- OCNS
Name) Group **
are given the OCNS E grouping. (See below for description)
“Product Warnings”: are defined under the OCNS and indicate a product containing any percentage of hazardous chemicals listed in OSPARCOM’s Annex A. Zn = Zinc, Cr = Chromium
Sources:
* Individual Material Safety Data Sheets for each product
** CEFAS, BERR, Staatstoezicht op de Mijnen, 2002; Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme List of Notified and Ranked Products.
Explanation of OCNS Categories and Risk Assessment
Under OSPARs Offshore Chemical Notification System (OCNS), chemicals

used in the offshore oil and gas industry are assessed in terms of their
ecological hazard. Two approaches are used depending on the use of the
chemical; either a Hazard Quotient (HQ) is given; expressed as a Colour
Band; or an OCNS Group, expressed as a letter from A to E.
OCNS Hazard Quotient (HQ)
The HQ is the ratio between the Predicted Effect Concentration and the No
Effect Concentration (PEC:NEC) and is expressed as a colour banding. Data
used to define the Effects include toxicity, biodegradation and
bioaccumulation. The HQ colour codes are interpreted as follows:
The OCNS HQ and colour bands
Minimum HQ value Maximum HQ value Colour banding
>0 <1 Gold
≥1 <30 Silver
≥30 <100 White Lowest Hazard
≥100 <300 Blue Highest Hazard
≥300 <1000 Orange
≥1000 Purple
OCNS Group
Some products are categorized into an OCNS Group of A-E instead (ie.
inorganic substances, hydraulic fluids or chemicals used only in pipelines),
with A being the greatest potential environmental hazard and E being the
least (see below table). Factors considered in defining the environmental risk
are also toxicity, biodegradation and bioaccumulation. Letter groups are
provided as follows:
The OCNS letter grouping
Initial OCNS Result for aquatic Result for sediment Hazard Risk
grouping toxicity (mg/l) toxicity (mg/l)
A <1 <10 Highest
B >1 - 10 >10 - 100
C >10 - 100 >100 - 1,000
D >100 - 1,000 >1,000 - 10,000
E >1,000 >10,000 Lowest
Products that only contain substances termed PLONORs (Pose Little or

No Risk) are given the OCNS E grouping.
This information is derived from : http://www.cefas.co.uk/offshore-

chemical-notification-scheme-(ocns)/hazard-assessment.aspx.
Further information on the OCNS Classification System and
Hazard Assessment methods is available at this website.

Statoil-Karama BlockImpact

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Statoil-Karama BlockImpact

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Statoil-Karama BlockImpact

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final Report

Wisma Pondok Indah II, Suite 602

Delivering sustainable solutions in a more competitive world

TABLE OF CONTENTS ..........................................................................................i

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

3 CHARACTERIZATION OF THE INFLUENCED AREA ...................3-1

4 IMPACT EVALUATION AND CONTROL .........................................4-1

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .....................................5-1

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

6.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................6-1

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Table 1-1 List of Regulation and Governing Documents concerning

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Figure 1-1 Project Location-Karama Block .................................................. 1-2

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Appendix 1: Oil Spill and Drilling Cuttings Modelling Result

Appendix 2: Analytical Result of Seawater Quality

Appendix 3: Analytical Result of Seabed Sediment Quality

Appendix 4: Stakeholder Engagement Meeting

Appendix 5: Master Impact Tables

Appendix 6: Drilling Chemical Characteristics

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Telephone +62 21 7918 1904

Client. Project No.

Revision Description By Checked Approved Date

1.1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT

Statoil Indonesia Karama As (Statoil) and partner Pertamina plan to

The exploration block is consist of an area of approximately 4,287 km2 from

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA or AMDAL) is not required

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Statoil is an international energy company with over 35 years experience on

Statoil is a global leader in subsea developments, and is widely recognized as

Statoil Indonesia Karama AS is a wholly owned subsidiary of Statoil ASA,

1.3 POLICY, LEGISLATIVE AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

Environmental regulations concerning Statoil’s offshore operations that have

Table 1-1 List of Regulation and Governing Documents concerning Offshore

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT APPROACH METHODOLOGY

It is considered essential by Statoil that the IA process starts early, thus

All projects by Statoil (seismic surveys, exploration, field development, major

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

Screening and categorisation

Stakeholder idenitfication and analysis

Gathering and analysis of baseline

Risk and impact identification and

Following project screening process (project categorization) in accordance

Statoil has conducted stakeholder identification and analysis which is

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT STATOIL

During Public Consultation/Socialization, the participants were actively

Baseline studies (existing data

Predict magnitude of impacts

Evaluate their significance

Investigate options for mitigation